src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #include "wx/grid.h"
  22
  23 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  24     #include "wx/utils.h"
  25     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  26     #include "wx/settings.h"
  27     #include "wx/log.h"
  28     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  29     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  30     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  31     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  32     #include "wx/intl.h"
  33     #include "wx/math.h"
  34     #include "wx/listbox.h"
  35 #endif
  36
  37 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  38 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  39 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  40 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  41
  42 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  43
  44 const wxChar wxGridNameStr[] = wxT("grid");
  45
  46 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  47     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  48 #else
  49     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  50 #endif
  51
  52 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  53     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  54 #else
  55     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  56 #endif
  57
  58 // Required for wxIs... functions
  59 #include <ctype.h>
  60
  61 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  62 // array classes
  63 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  64
  65 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  66                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  67
  68 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  69 {
  70     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  71         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  72     {
  73         wxASSERT( attr );
  74     }
  75
  76     wxGridCellWithAttr(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other)
  77         : coords(other.coords),
  78           attr(other.attr)
  79     {
  80         attr->IncRef();
  81     }
  82
  83     wxGridCellWithAttr& operator=(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other)
  84     {
  85         coords = other.coords;
  86         if (attr != other.attr)
  87         {
  88             attr->DecRef();
  89             attr = other.attr;
  90             attr->IncRef();
  91         }
  92         return *this;
  93     }
  94
  95     void ChangeAttr(wxGridCellAttr* new_attr)
  96     {
  97         if (attr != new_attr)
  98         {
  99             // "Delete" (i.e. DecRef) the old attribute.
 100             attr->DecRef();
 101             attr = new_attr;
 102             // Take ownership of the new attribute, i.e. no IncRef.
 103         }
 104     }
 105
 106     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
 107     {
 108         attr->DecRef();
 109     }
 110
 111     wxGridCellCoords coords;
 112     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
 113 };
 114
 115 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
 116                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 117
 118 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
 119
 120 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
 121 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
 122
 123 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 124 // events
 125 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 126
 127 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 128 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 129 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 130 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 131 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 132 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 133 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 134 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 135 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 136 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 137 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 138 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE)
 139 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 140 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 141 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 142 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 143 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 144 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 145
 146 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 147 // private classes
 148 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 149
 150 // common base class for various grid subwindows
 151 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow
 152 {
 153 public:
 154     wxGridSubwindow() { m_owner = NULL; }
 155     wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner,
 156                     wxWindowID id,
 157                     const wxPoint& pos,
 158                     const wxSize& size,
 159                     int additionalStyle = 0,
 160                     const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
 161         : wxWindow(owner, id, pos, size,
 162                    wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle,
 163                    name)
 164     {
 165         m_owner = owner;
 166     }
 167
 168     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
 169
 170     wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 171
 172 protected:
 173     void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
 174
 175     wxGrid *m_owner;
 176
 177     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 178     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow)
 179 };
 180
 181 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 182 {
 183 public:
 184     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { }
 185     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 186                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 187
 188 private:
 189     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 190     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 191     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 192
 193     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 194     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 195     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 196 };
 197
 198
 199 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 200 {
 201 public:
 202     wxGridColLabelWindow() { }
 203     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 204                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 205
 206 private:
 207     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 208     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 209     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 210
 211     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 212     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 213     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 214 };
 215
 216
 217 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 218 {
 219 public:
 220     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { }
 221     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 222                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 223
 224 private:
 225     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 226     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 227     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 228
 229     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 230     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 231     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 232 };
 233
 234 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 235 {
 236 public:
 237     wxGridWindow()
 238     {
 239         m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
 240         m_colLabelWin = NULL;
 241     }
 242
 243     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 244                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 245                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 246                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 247
 248     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 249
 250     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; }
 251
 252 private:
 253     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 254     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 255
 256     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 257     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 258     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 259     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 260     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 261     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 262     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 263     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 264
 265     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 266     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 267     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 268 };
 269
 270
 271 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 272 {
 273 public:
 274     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 275         : m_grid(grid),
 276           m_editor(editor),
 277           m_inSetFocus(false)
 278     {
 279     }
 280
 281     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 282     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 283     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 284
 285     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 286
 287 private:
 288     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 289     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 290
 291     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 292     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 293     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 294
 295     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 296     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 297     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 298 };
 299
 300
 301 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 302
 303 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 304     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 305     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 306     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 307 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 308
 309
 310 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 311 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 312 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 313
 314 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 315 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 316 {
 317 public:
 318     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 319     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 320     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 321     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 322
 323 private:
 324     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 325     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 326
 327     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 328 };
 329
 330 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 331 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 332 {
 333 public:
 334     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 335     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 336     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 337
 338     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 339     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 340     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 341
 342 private:
 343     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 344     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 345 };
 346
 347 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 348 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 349 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 350 {
 351 public:
 352     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 353     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 354                            m_colAttrs;
 355 };
 356
 357
 358 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 359 // data structures used for the data type registry
 360 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 361
 362 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 363 {
 364     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 365                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 366                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 367         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 368         {}
 369
 370     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 371     {
 372         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 373         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 374     }
 375
 376     wxString            m_typeName;
 377     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 378     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 379
 380     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 381 };
 382
 383
 384 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 385                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 386
 387
 388 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 389 {
 390 public:
 391   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 392     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 393
 394     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 395                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 396                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 397
 398     // find one of already registered data types
 399     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 400
 401     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 402     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 403     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 404
 405     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 406     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 407     // registered data type and set params for it
 408     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 409
 410     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 411     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 412
 413 private:
 414     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 415 };
 416
 417
 418 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 419 // conditional compilation
 420 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 421
 422 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 423 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 424 #endif
 425
 426 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 427 // globals
 428 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 429
 430 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 431 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 432     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 433     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 434 #endif
 435
 436 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 437 // constants
 438 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 439
 440 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 441 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 442
 443 // scroll line size
 444 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 445 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 446 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 447 //
 448 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 449 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 450 //       -- Robin
 451 //
 452 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 453 //       fixing anyhow
 454 //       -- Vadim
 455 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 456 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 457
 458 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 459 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 460 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 461
 462 #if 0
 463 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 464 // private functions
 465 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 466
 467 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 468 {
 469     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 470 }
 471
 472 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 473 {
 474     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 475 }
 476 #endif
 477
 478 // ============================================================================
 479 // implementation
 480 // ============================================================================
 481
 482 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 483 // wxGridCellEditor
 484 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 485
 486 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 487 {
 488     m_control = NULL;
 489     m_attr = NULL;
 490 }
 491
 492 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 493 {
 494     Destroy();
 495 }
 496
 497 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 498                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 499                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 500 {
 501     if ( evtHandler )
 502         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 503 }
 504
 505 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 506                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 507 {
 508     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 509     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 510     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 511     if (gridWindow)
 512         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 513
 514     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 515     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
 516     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 517
 518     // redraw the control we just painted over
 519     m_control->Refresh();
 520 }
 521
 522 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 523 {
 524     if (m_control)
 525     {
 526         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 527
 528         m_control->Destroy();
 529         m_control = NULL;
 530     }
 531 }
 532
 533 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 534 {
 535     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 536
 537     m_control->Show(show);
 538
 539     if ( show )
 540     {
 541         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 542         if ( attr )
 543         {
 544             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 545             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 546
 547             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 548             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 549
 550 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 551 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 552             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 553             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 554 #endif
 555
 556             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 557             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 558         }
 559     }
 560     else
 561     {
 562         // restore the standard colours fonts
 563         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 564         {
 565             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 566             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 567         }
 568
 569         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 570         {
 571             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 572             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 573         }
 574
 575 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 576 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 577         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 578         {
 579             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 580             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 581         }
 582 #endif
 583     }
 584 }
 585
 586 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 587 {
 588     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 589
 590     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 591 }
 592
 593 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 594 {
 595     event.Skip();
 596 }
 597
 598 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 599 {
 600     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 601     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 602
 603 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 604     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 605     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 606     alt = event.MetaDown();
 607 #endif
 608
 609     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 610     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 611     // through in that case.
 612     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 613         return false;
 614
 615     int key = 0;
 616     bool keyOk = true;
 617
 618 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
 619     // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the
 620     // editor.
 621     if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START)
 622         return false;
 623 #endif
 624 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 625     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 626     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 627     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 628     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 629     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 630     if (key <= 127)
 631     {
 632         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 633         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 634     }
 635 #else
 636     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 637     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 638 #endif
 639
 640     return keyOk;
 641 }
 642
 643 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 644 {
 645     event.Skip();
 646 }
 647
 648 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 649 {
 650 }
 651
 652 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 653
 654 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 655 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 656 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 657
 658 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 659 {
 660     m_maxChars = 0;
 661 }
 662
 663 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 664                                   wxWindowID id,
 665                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 666 {
 667     DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler);
 668 }
 669
 670 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(wxWindow* parent,
 671                                     wxWindowID id,
 672                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler,
 673                                     long style)
 674 {
 675     style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER | wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxNO_BORDER;
 676
 677     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 678                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 679                                style);
 680
 681     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 682     if ( m_maxChars != 0 )
 683     {
 684         Text()->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 685     }
 686
 687     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 688 }
 689
 690 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 691                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 692 {
 693     // as we fill the entire client area,
 694     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 695 }
 696
 697 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 698 {
 699     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 700
 701     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 702     //
 703     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 704     //
 705 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 706     if (rect.x != 0)
 707     {
 708         rect.x += 1;
 709         rect.y += 1;
 710         rect.width -= 1;
 711         rect.height -= 1;
 712     }
 713 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 714     if ( rect.x == 0 )
 715         rect.x += 2;
 716     else
 717         rect.x += 3;
 718
 719     if ( rect.y == 0 )
 720         rect.y += 2;
 721     else
 722         rect.y += 3;
 723
 724     rect.width -= 2;
 725     rect.height -= 2;
 726 #else
 727     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 728     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 729
 730     #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 731         extra_x *= 2;
 732         extra_y *= 2;
 733     #endif
 734
 735     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 736     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 737     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 738     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 739 #endif
 740
 741     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 742 }
 743
 744 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 745 {
 746     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 747
 748     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 749
 750     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 751 }
 752
 753 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 754 {
 755     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 756     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 757     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 758     Text()->SetFocus();
 759 }
 760
 761 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 762 {
 763     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 764
 765     bool changed = false;
 766     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 767     if (value != m_startValue)
 768         changed = true;
 769
 770     if (changed)
 771         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 772
 773     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 774
 775     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 776     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 777
 778     return changed;
 779 }
 780
 781 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 782 {
 783     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 784
 785     DoReset(m_startValue);
 786 }
 787
 788 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 789 {
 790     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 791     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 792 }
 793
 794 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 795 {
 796     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 797 }
 798
 799 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 800 {
 801     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 802     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 803     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 804     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 805
 806     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 807     wxChar ch;
 808     long pos;
 809
 810 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 811     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 812     if (ch <= 127)
 813         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 814 #else
 815     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 816 #endif
 817
 818     switch (ch)
 819     {
 820         case WXK_DELETE:
 821             // delete the character at the cursor
 822             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 823             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 824                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 825             break;
 826
 827         case WXK_BACK:
 828             // delete the character before the cursor
 829             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 830             if (pos > 0)
 831                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 832             break;
 833
 834         default:
 835             tc->WriteText(ch);
 836             break;
 837     }
 838 }
 839
 840 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 841                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 842 {
 843 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 844     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 845     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 846     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 847     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 848     Text()->SetValue(s);
 849     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 850 #else
 851     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 852     //
 853     event.Skip();
 854 #endif
 855 }
 856
 857 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 858 {
 859     if ( !params )
 860     {
 861         // reset to default
 862         m_maxChars = 0;
 863     }
 864     else
 865     {
 866         long tmp;
 867         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 868         {
 869             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 870         }
 871         else
 872         {
 873             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 874         }
 875     }
 876 }
 877
 878 // return the value in the text control
 879 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 880 {
 881     return Text()->GetValue();
 882 }
 883
 884 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 885 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 886 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 887
 888 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 889 {
 890     m_min = min;
 891     m_max = max;
 892 }
 893
 894 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 895                                     wxWindowID id,
 896                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 897 {
 898 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 899     if ( HasRange() )
 900     {
 901         // create a spin ctrl
 902         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 903                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 904                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 905                                    m_min, m_max);
 906
 907         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 908     }
 909     else
 910 #endif
 911     {
 912         // just a text control
 913         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 914
 915 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 916         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 917 #endif
 918     }
 919 }
 920
 921 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 922 {
 923     // first get the value
 924     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 925     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 926     {
 927         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 928     }
 929     else
 930     {
 931         m_valueOld = 0;
 932         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 933         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 934         {
 935             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 936             return;
 937         }
 938     }
 939
 940 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 941     if ( HasRange() )
 942     {
 943         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 944         Spin()->SetFocus();
 945     }
 946     else
 947 #endif
 948     {
 949         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 950     }
 951 }
 952
 953 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 954                                      wxGrid* grid)
 955 {
 956     long value = 0;
 957     wxString text;
 958
 959 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 960     if ( HasRange() )
 961     {
 962         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 963         if ( value == m_valueOld )
 964             return false;
 965
 966         text.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
 967     }
 968     else // using unconstrained input
 969 #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 970     {
 971         const wxString textOld(grid->GetCellValue(row, col));
 972         text = Text()->GetValue();
 973         if ( text.empty() )
 974         {
 975             if ( textOld.empty() )
 976                 return false;
 977         }
 978         else // non-empty text now (maybe 0)
 979         {
 980             if ( !text.ToLong(&value) )
 981                 return false;
 982
 983             // if value == m_valueOld == 0 but old text was "" and new one is
 984             // "0" something still did change
 985             if ( value == m_valueOld && (value || !textOld.empty()) )
 986                 return false;
 987         }
 988     }
 989
 990     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
 991     if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 992         table->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 993     else
 994         table->SetValue(row, col, text);
 995
 996     return true;
 997 }
 998
 999 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
1000 {
1001 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1002     if ( HasRange() )
1003     {
1004         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
1005     }
1006     else
1007 #endif
1008     {
1009         DoReset(GetString());
1010     }
1011 }
1012
1013 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1014 {
1015     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1016     {
1017         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1018         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
1019              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
1020         {
1021             return true;
1022         }
1023     }
1024
1025     return false;
1026 }
1027
1028 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1029 {
1030     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1031     if ( !HasRange() )
1032     {
1033         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
1034         {
1035             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1036
1037             // skip Skip() below
1038             return;
1039         }
1040     }
1041 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1042     else
1043     {
1044         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
1045         {
1046             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
1047             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
1048             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
1049             return;
1050         }
1051     }
1052 #endif
1053
1054     event.Skip();
1055 }
1056
1057 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1058 {
1059     if ( !params )
1060     {
1061         // reset to default
1062         m_min =
1063         m_max = -1;
1064     }
1065     else
1066     {
1067         long tmp;
1068         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1069         {
1070             m_min = (int)tmp;
1071
1072             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1073             {
1074                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1075
1076                 // skip the error message below
1077                 return;
1078             }
1079         }
1080
1081         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1082     }
1083 }
1084
1085 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1086 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1087 {
1088     wxString s;
1089
1090 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1091     if ( HasRange() )
1092     {
1093         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1094         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1095     }
1096     else
1097 #endif
1098     {
1099         s = Text()->GetValue();
1100     }
1101
1102     return s;
1103 }
1104
1105 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1106 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1107 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1108
1109 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1110 {
1111     m_width = width;
1112     m_precision = precision;
1113 }
1114
1115 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1116                                    wxWindowID id,
1117                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1118 {
1119     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1120
1121 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1122     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1123 #endif
1124 }
1125
1126 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1127 {
1128     // first get the value
1129     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1130     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1131     {
1132         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1133     }
1134     else
1135     {
1136         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1137
1138         const wxString value = table->GetValue(row, col);
1139         if ( !value.empty() )
1140         {
1141             if ( !value.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) )
1142             {
1143                 wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1144                 return;
1145             }
1146         }
1147     }
1148
1149     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1150 }
1151
1152 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1153 {
1154     const wxString text(Text()->GetValue()),
1155                    textOld(grid->GetCellValue(row, col));
1156
1157     double value;
1158     if ( !text.empty() )
1159     {
1160         if ( !text.ToDouble(&value) )
1161             return false;
1162     }
1163     else // new value is empty string
1164     {
1165         if ( textOld.empty() )
1166             return false;           // nothing changed
1167
1168         value = 0.;
1169     }
1170
1171     // the test for empty strings ensures that we don't skip the value setting
1172     // when "" is replaced by "0" or vice versa as "" numeric value is also 0.
1173     if ( wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) && !text.empty() && !textOld.empty() )
1174         return false;           // nothing changed
1175
1176     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1177
1178     if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1179         table->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1180     else
1181         table->SetValue(row, col, text);
1182
1183     return true;
1184 }
1185
1186 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1187 {
1188     DoReset(GetString());
1189 }
1190
1191 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1192 {
1193     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1194     char tmpbuf[2];
1195     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1196     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1197     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1198
1199 #if wxUSE_INTL
1200     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1201        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1202 #else
1203     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1204 #endif
1205
1206     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1207          || is_decimal_point )
1208     {
1209         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1210
1211         // skip Skip() below
1212         return;
1213     }
1214
1215     event.Skip();
1216 }
1217
1218 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1219 {
1220     if ( !params )
1221     {
1222         // reset to default
1223         m_width =
1224         m_precision = -1;
1225     }
1226     else
1227     {
1228         long tmp;
1229         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1230         {
1231             m_width = (int)tmp;
1232
1233             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1234             {
1235                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1236
1237                 // skip the error message below
1238                 return;
1239             }
1240         }
1241
1242         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1243     }
1244 }
1245
1246 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1247 {
1248     wxString fmt;
1249     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1250     {
1251         // default precision
1252         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1253     }
1254     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1255     {
1256         // default width
1257         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1258     }
1259     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1260     {
1261         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1262     }
1263     else
1264     {
1265         // default width/precision
1266         fmt = _T("%f");
1267     }
1268
1269     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1270 }
1271
1272 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1273 {
1274     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1275     {
1276         const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1277         if ( isascii(keycode) )
1278         {
1279             char tmpbuf[2];
1280             tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1281             tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1282             wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1283
1284 #if wxUSE_INTL
1285             const wxString decimalPoint =
1286                 wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER);
1287 #else
1288             const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.'));
1289 #endif
1290
1291             // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1292             if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ||
1293                     tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1294                         keycode == decimalPoint ||
1295                             keycode == '+' ||
1296                                 keycode == '-' )
1297             {
1298                 return true;
1299             }
1300         }
1301     }
1302
1303     return false;
1304 }
1305
1306 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1307
1308 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1309
1310 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1311 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1312 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1313
1314 // the default values for GetValue()
1315 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { _T(""), _T("1") };
1316
1317 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1318                                   wxWindowID id,
1319                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1320 {
1321     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1322                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1323                                wxNO_BORDER);
1324
1325     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1326 }
1327
1328 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1329 {
1330     bool resize = false;
1331     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1332     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1333
1334     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1335     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1336     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1337     {
1338         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1339         size = sizeBest;
1340
1341         resize = true;
1342     }
1343
1344     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1345     {
1346         // leave 1 pixel margin
1347         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1348
1349         resize = true;
1350     }
1351
1352     if ( resize )
1353     {
1354         m_control->SetSize(size);
1355     }
1356
1357     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1358
1359 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1360     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1361     // so shift it to the right
1362     size.x -= 8;
1363 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1364     // here too, but in other way
1365     size.x += 1;
1366     size.y -= 2;
1367 #endif
1368
1369     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1370     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1371     if (GetCellAttr())
1372         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1373
1374     int x = 0, y = 0;
1375     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1376     {
1377         x = r.x + 2;
1378
1379 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1380         x += 2;
1381 #endif
1382
1383         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1384     }
1385     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1386     {
1387         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1388         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1389     }
1390     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1391     {
1392         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1393         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1394     }
1395
1396     m_control->Move(x, y);
1397 }
1398
1399 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1400 {
1401     m_control->Show(show);
1402
1403     if ( show )
1404     {
1405         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1406         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1407     }
1408 }
1409
1410 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1411 {
1412     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1413                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1414
1415     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1416     {
1417         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1418     }
1419     else
1420     {
1421         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1422
1423         if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] )
1424             m_startValue = false;
1425         else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] )
1426             m_startValue = true;
1427         else
1428         {
1429             // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false
1430             // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and
1431             // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them
1432             // know about it
1433             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") );
1434         }
1435     }
1436
1437     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1438     CBox()->SetFocus();
1439 }
1440
1441 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1442                                    wxGrid* grid)
1443 {
1444     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1445                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1446
1447     bool changed = false;
1448     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1449     if ( value != m_startValue )
1450         changed = true;
1451
1452     if ( changed )
1453     {
1454         wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1455         if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
1456             table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1457         else
1458             table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue());
1459     }
1460
1461     return changed;
1462 }
1463
1464 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1465 {
1466     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1467                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1468
1469     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1470 }
1471
1472 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1473 {
1474     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1475 }
1476
1477 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1478 {
1479     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1480     {
1481         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1482         switch ( keycode )
1483         {
1484             case WXK_SPACE:
1485             case '+':
1486             case '-':
1487                 return true;
1488         }
1489     }
1490
1491     return false;
1492 }
1493
1494 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1495 {
1496     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1497     switch ( keycode )
1498     {
1499         case WXK_SPACE:
1500             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1501             break;
1502
1503         case '+':
1504             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1505             break;
1506
1507         case '-':
1508             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1509             break;
1510     }
1511 }
1512
1513 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1514 {
1515   return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()];
1516 }
1517
1518 /* static */ void
1519 wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue,
1520                                       const wxString& valueFalse)
1521 {
1522     ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse;
1523     ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue;
1524 }
1525
1526 /* static */ bool
1527 wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value)
1528 {
1529     return value == ms_stringValues[true];
1530 }
1531
1532 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1533
1534 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1535
1536 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1537 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1538 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1539
1540 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1541                                                bool allowOthers)
1542     : m_choices(choices),
1543       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1544
1545 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1546                                                const wxString choices[],
1547                                                bool allowOthers)
1548                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1549 {
1550     if ( count )
1551     {
1552         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1553         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1554         {
1555             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1556         }
1557     }
1558 }
1559
1560 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1561 {
1562     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1563     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1564     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1565
1566     return editor;
1567 }
1568
1569 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1570                                     wxWindowID id,
1571                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1572 {
1573     int style = wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER |
1574                 wxTE_PROCESS_TAB |
1575                 wxBORDER_NONE;
1576
1577     if ( !m_allowOthers )
1578         style |= wxCB_READONLY;
1579     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1580                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1581                                m_choices,
1582                                style);
1583
1584     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1585 }
1586
1587 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1588                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1589 {
1590     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1591     // flicker
1592
1593     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1594     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
1595     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
1596     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1597 }
1598
1599 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1600 {
1601     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1602                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1603
1604     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1605     if (m_control)
1606         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1607
1608     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1609     if (evtHandler)
1610         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1611
1612     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1613
1614     Reset(); // this updates combo box to correspond to m_startValue
1615
1616     Combo()->SetFocus();
1617
1618     if (evtHandler)
1619     {
1620         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1621         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1622 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1623         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1624 #endif
1625     }
1626 }
1627
1628 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1629                                      wxGrid* grid)
1630 {
1631     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1632     if ( value == m_startValue )
1633         return false;
1634
1635     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1636
1637     return true;
1638 }
1639
1640 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1641 {
1642     if (m_allowOthers)
1643     {
1644         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1645         Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1646     }
1647     else // the combobox is read-only
1648     {
1649         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1650         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1651         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1652             pos = 0;
1653         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1654     }
1655 }
1656
1657 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1658 {
1659     if ( !params )
1660     {
1661         // what can we do?
1662         return;
1663     }
1664
1665     m_choices.Empty();
1666
1667     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1668     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1669     {
1670         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1671     }
1672 }
1673
1674 // return the value in the text control
1675 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1676 {
1677   return Combo()->GetValue();
1678 }
1679
1680 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1681
1682 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1683 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1684 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1685
1686 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1687 {
1688     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1689     if (m_inSetFocus)
1690         return;
1691
1692     // accept changes
1693     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1694
1695     event.Skip();
1696 }
1697
1698 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1699 {
1700     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1701     {
1702         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1703             m_editor->Reset();
1704             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1705             break;
1706
1707         case WXK_TAB:
1708             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1709             break;
1710
1711         case WXK_RETURN:
1712         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1713             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1714                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1715             break;
1716
1717         default:
1718             event.Skip();
1719             break;
1720     }
1721 }
1722
1723 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1724 {
1725     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1726     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1727     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1728     int cw, ch;
1729     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1730
1731     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1732     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1733
1734     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1735     {
1736         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1737         case WXK_TAB:
1738         case WXK_RETURN:
1739         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1740             break;
1741
1742         case WXK_HOME:
1743         {
1744             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1745             {
1746                 // no special processing needed...
1747                 event.Skip();
1748                 break;
1749             }
1750
1751             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1752
1753             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1754             int colXPos = 0;
1755             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1756             {
1757                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1758             }
1759
1760             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1761             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1762             if (col != 0)
1763             {
1764                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1765             }
1766             else
1767             {
1768                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1769             }
1770             event.Skip();
1771             break;
1772         }
1773
1774         case WXK_END:
1775         {
1776             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1777             {
1778                 // no special processing needed...
1779                 event.Skip();
1780                 break;
1781             }
1782
1783             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1784
1785             int textWidth = 0;
1786             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1787             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1788             {
1789                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1790                 int y;
1791                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1792                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1793
1794                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1795                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1796
1797                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1798                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1799                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1800                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1801                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1802                 {
1803                     textWidth = 0;
1804                 }
1805             }
1806
1807             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1808             int colXPos = 0;
1809             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1810             {
1811                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1812             }
1813
1814             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1815             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1816             colXPos += textWidth;
1817
1818             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1819             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1820             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1821             event.Skip();
1822             break;
1823         }
1824
1825         default:
1826             event.Skip();
1827             break;
1828     }
1829 }
1830
1831 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1832 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1833 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1834 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1835
1836 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1837 {
1838     // nothing to do
1839 }
1840
1841 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1842 {
1843 }
1844
1845 // ============================================================================
1846 // renderer classes
1847 // ============================================================================
1848
1849 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1850 // wxGridCellRenderer
1851 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1852
1853 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1854                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1855                               wxDC& dc,
1856                               const wxRect& rect,
1857                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1858                               bool isSelected)
1859 {
1860     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID );
1861
1862     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1863     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1864     {
1865         if ( isSelected )
1866         {
1867             wxColour clr;
1868             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1869                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1870             else
1871                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1872             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(clr, wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
1873         }
1874         else
1875         {
1876             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
1877         }
1878     }
1879     else
1880     {
1881         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
1882     }
1883
1884     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1885     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1886 }
1887
1888 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1889 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1890 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1891
1892 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1893                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1894                                                      wxDC& dc,
1895                                                      bool isSelected)
1896 {
1897     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
1898
1899     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1900
1901     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1902     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1903     {
1904         if ( isSelected )
1905         {
1906             wxColour clr;
1907             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1908                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1909             else
1910                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1911             dc.SetTextBackground( clr );
1912             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1913         }
1914         else
1915         {
1916             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1917             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1918         }
1919     }
1920     else
1921     {
1922         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1923         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1924     }
1925
1926     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1927 }
1928
1929 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1930                                                wxDC& dc,
1931                                                const wxString& text)
1932 {
1933     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1934     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1935     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1936     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1937     {
1938         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1939         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1940     }
1941
1942     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1943
1944     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1945 }
1946
1947 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1948                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1949                                              wxDC& dc,
1950                                              int row, int col)
1951 {
1952     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1953 }
1954
1955 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1956                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1957                                     wxDC& dc,
1958                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1959                                     int row, int col,
1960                                     bool isSelected)
1961 {
1962     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1963     rect.Inflate(-1);
1964
1965     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1966     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1967
1968     int hAlign, vAlign;
1969     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1970
1971     int overflowCols = 0;
1972
1973     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1974     {
1975         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1976         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1977         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1978         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1979         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1980         {
1981             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1982             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1983             {
1984                 bool is_empty = true;
1985                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1986                 {
1987                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1988                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1989                     if (c_rows > 0)
1990                         c_rows = 0;
1991                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1992                     {
1993                         is_empty = false;
1994                         break;
1995                     }
1996                 }
1997
1998                 if (is_empty)
1999                 {
2000                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
2001                 }
2002                 else
2003                 {
2004                     i--;
2005                     break;
2006                 }
2007
2008                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
2009                     break;
2010             }
2011
2012             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
2013             if (overflowCols >= cols)
2014                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
2015         }
2016
2017         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
2018         {
2019             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
2020             wxRect clip = rect;
2021             clip.x += rectCell.width;
2022             // draw each overflow cell individually
2023             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
2024             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
2025                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
2026             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
2027             {
2028                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
2029                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
2030                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
2031
2032                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
2033                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
2034
2035                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
2036                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2037                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
2038             }
2039
2040             rect = rectCell;
2041             rect.Inflate(-1);
2042             rect.width++;
2043             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
2044         }
2045     }
2046
2047     // now we only have to draw the text
2048     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2049
2050     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
2051                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2052 }
2053
2054 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2055 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
2056 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2057
2058 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2059 {
2060     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2061     wxString text;
2062     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
2063     {
2064         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
2065     }
2066     else
2067     {
2068         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2069     }
2070
2071     return text;
2072 }
2073
2074 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2075                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2076                                     wxDC& dc,
2077                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
2078                                     int row, int col,
2079                                     bool isSelected)
2080 {
2081     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2082
2083     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2084
2085     // draw the text right aligned by default
2086     int hAlign, vAlign;
2087     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2088     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2089
2090     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2091     rect.Inflate(-1);
2092
2093     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2094 }
2095
2096 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2097                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2098                                              wxDC& dc,
2099                                              int row, int col)
2100 {
2101     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2102 }
2103
2104 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2105 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
2106 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2107
2108 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
2109 {
2110     SetWidth(width);
2111     SetPrecision(precision);
2112 }
2113
2114 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
2115 {
2116     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
2117     renderer->m_width = m_width;
2118     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
2119     renderer->m_format = m_format;
2120
2121     return renderer;
2122 }
2123
2124 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2125 {
2126     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2127
2128     bool hasDouble;
2129     double val;
2130     wxString text;
2131     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
2132     {
2133         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
2134         hasDouble = true;
2135     }
2136     else
2137     {
2138         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2139         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2140     }
2141
2142     if ( hasDouble )
2143     {
2144         if ( !m_format )
2145         {
2146             if ( m_width == -1 )
2147             {
2148                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2149                 {
2150                     // default width/precision
2151                     m_format = _T("%f");
2152                 }
2153                 else
2154                 {
2155                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2156                 }
2157             }
2158             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2159             {
2160                 // default precision
2161                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2162             }
2163             else
2164             {
2165                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2166             }
2167         }
2168
2169         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2170
2171     }
2172     //else: text already contains the string
2173
2174     return text;
2175 }
2176
2177 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2178                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2179                                    wxDC& dc,
2180                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2181                                    int row, int col,
2182                                    bool isSelected)
2183 {
2184     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2185
2186     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2187
2188     // draw the text right aligned by default
2189     int hAlign, vAlign;
2190     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2191     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2192
2193     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2194     rect.Inflate(-1);
2195
2196     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2197 }
2198
2199 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2200                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2201                                             wxDC& dc,
2202                                             int row, int col)
2203 {
2204     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2205 }
2206
2207 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2208 {
2209     if ( !params )
2210     {
2211         // reset to defaults
2212         SetWidth(-1);
2213         SetPrecision(-1);
2214     }
2215     else
2216     {
2217         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2218         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2219         {
2220             long width;
2221             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2222             {
2223                 SetWidth((int)width);
2224             }
2225             else
2226             {
2227                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2228             }
2229         }
2230
2231         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2232         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2233         {
2234             long precision;
2235             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2236             {
2237                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2238             }
2239             else
2240             {
2241                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2242             }
2243         }
2244     }
2245 }
2246
2247 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2248 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2249 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2250
2251 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2252
2253 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2254
2255 // between checkmark and box
2256 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2257
2258 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2259                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2260                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2261                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2262                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2263 {
2264     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2265     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2266     {
2267         // get checkbox size
2268         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2269         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2270         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2271
2272 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2273         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2274 #endif
2275
2276         delete checkbox;
2277
2278         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2279     }
2280
2281     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2282 }
2283
2284 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2285                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2286                                   wxDC& dc,
2287                                   const wxRect& rect,
2288                                   int row, int col,
2289                                   bool isSelected)
2290 {
2291     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2292
2293     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2294     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2295
2296     // don't draw outside the cell
2297     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2298     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2299     {
2300         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2301         size.x = size.y = minSize;
2302     }
2303
2304     // draw a border around checkmark
2305     int vAlign, hAlign;
2306     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2307
2308     wxRect rectBorder;
2309     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2310     {
2311         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2312         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2313         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2314         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2315     }
2316     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2317     {
2318         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2319         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2320         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2321         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2322     }
2323     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2324     {
2325         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2326         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2327         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2328         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2329     }
2330
2331     bool value;
2332     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2333     {
2334         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2335     }
2336     else
2337     {
2338         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2339         value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval);
2340     }
2341
2342     int flags = 0;
2343     if (value)
2344         flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED;
2345
2346     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( &grid, dc, rectBorder, flags );
2347 }
2348
2349 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2350 // wxGridCellAttr
2351 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2352
2353 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2354 {
2355     m_nRef = 1;
2356
2357     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2358
2359     m_renderer = NULL;
2360     m_editor = NULL;
2361
2362     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2363
2364     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2365     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2366
2367     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2368 }
2369
2370 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2371 {
2372     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2373
2374     if ( HasTextColour() )
2375         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2376     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2377         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2378     if ( HasFont() )
2379         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2380     if ( HasAlignment() )
2381         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2382
2383     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2384
2385     if ( m_renderer )
2386     {
2387         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2388         m_renderer->IncRef();
2389     }
2390     if ( m_editor )
2391     {
2392         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2393         m_editor->IncRef();
2394     }
2395
2396     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2397         attr->SetReadOnly();
2398
2399     attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
2400     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2401
2402     return attr;
2403 }
2404
2405 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2406 {
2407     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2408         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2409     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2410         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2411     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2412         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2413     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2414     {
2415         int hAlign, vAlign;
2416         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2417         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2418     }
2419     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2420         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2421
2422     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2423     // m_renderer/m_editor
2424     //
2425     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2426     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2427     {
2428         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2429         m_renderer->IncRef();
2430     }
2431     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2432     {
2433         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2434         m_editor->IncRef();
2435     }
2436     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2437         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2438
2439     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2440         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2441
2442     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2443 }
2444
2445 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2446 {
2447     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2448
2449     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2450     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2451     // set to negative or zero values such that
2452     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2453     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2454
2455     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2456
2457     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2458                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2459                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2460                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2461
2462     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2463     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2464 }
2465
2466 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2467 {
2468     if (HasTextColour())
2469     {
2470         return m_colText;
2471     }
2472     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2473     {
2474         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2475     }
2476     else
2477     {
2478         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2479         return wxNullColour;
2480     }
2481 }
2482
2483 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2484 {
2485     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2486     {
2487         return m_colBack;
2488     }
2489     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2490     {
2491         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2492     }
2493     else
2494     {
2495         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2496         return wxNullColour;
2497     }
2498 }
2499
2500 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2501 {
2502     if (HasFont())
2503     {
2504         return m_font;
2505     }
2506     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2507     {
2508         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2509     }
2510     else
2511     {
2512         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2513         return wxNullFont;
2514     }
2515 }
2516
2517 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2518 {
2519     if (HasAlignment())
2520     {
2521         if ( hAlign )
2522             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2523         if ( vAlign )
2524             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2525     }
2526     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2527     {
2528         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2529     }
2530     else
2531     {
2532         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2533     }
2534 }
2535
2536 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2537 {
2538     if ( num_rows )
2539         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2540     if ( num_cols )
2541         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2542 }
2543
2544 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2545 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2546 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2547 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2548 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2549 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2550
2551 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2552 {
2553     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
2554
2555     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2556     {
2557         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2558         renderer = m_renderer;
2559         renderer->IncRef();
2560     }
2561     else // no non-default cell renderer
2562     {
2563         // get default renderer for the data type
2564         if ( grid )
2565         {
2566             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2567             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2568         }
2569
2570         if ( renderer == NULL )
2571         {
2572             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2573             {
2574                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2575                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2576                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2577             }
2578             else // default grid attr
2579             {
2580                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2581                 renderer = m_renderer;
2582                 if ( renderer )
2583                     renderer->IncRef();
2584             }
2585         }
2586     }
2587
2588     // we're supposed to always find something
2589     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2590
2591     return renderer;
2592 }
2593
2594 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2595 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2596 {
2597     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
2598
2599     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2600     {
2601         // use the cells editor if it has one
2602         editor = m_editor;
2603         editor->IncRef();
2604     }
2605     else // no non default cell editor
2606     {
2607         // get default editor for the data type
2608         if ( grid )
2609         {
2610             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2611             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2612         }
2613
2614         if ( editor == NULL )
2615         {
2616             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2617             {
2618                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2619                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2620                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2621             }
2622             else // default grid attr
2623             {
2624                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2625                 editor = m_editor;
2626                 if ( editor )
2627                     editor->IncRef();
2628             }
2629         }
2630     }
2631
2632     // we're supposed to always find something
2633     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2634
2635     return editor;
2636 }
2637
2638 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2639 // wxGridCellAttrData
2640 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2641
2642 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2643 {
2644     // Note: contrary to wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr, we must not
2645     //       touch attribute's reference counting explicitly, since this
2646     //       is managed by class wxGridCellWithAttr
2647     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2648     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2649     {
2650         if ( attr )
2651         {
2652             // add the attribute
2653             m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2654         }
2655         //else: nothing to do
2656     }
2657     else // we already have an attribute for this cell
2658     {
2659         if ( attr )
2660         {
2661             // change the attribute
2662             m_attrs[(size_t)n].ChangeAttr(attr);
2663         }
2664         else
2665         {
2666             // remove this attribute
2667             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2668         }
2669     }
2670 }
2671
2672 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2673 {
2674     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2675
2676     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2677     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2678     {
2679         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2680         attr->IncRef();
2681     }
2682
2683     return attr;
2684 }
2685
2686 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2687 {
2688     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2689     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2690     {
2691         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2692         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2693         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2694         {
2695             if (numRows > 0)
2696             {
2697                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2698                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2699             }
2700             else if (numRows < 0)
2701             {
2702                 // If rows deleted ...
2703                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2704                 {
2705                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2706                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2707                 }
2708                 else
2709                 {
2710                     // ...or remove the attribute
2711                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2712                     n--;
2713                     count--;
2714                 }
2715             }
2716         }
2717     }
2718 }
2719
2720 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2721 {
2722     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2723     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2724     {
2725         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2726         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2727         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2728         {
2729             if ( numCols > 0 )
2730             {
2731                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2732                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2733             }
2734             else if (numCols < 0)
2735             {
2736                 // If rows deleted ...
2737                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2738                 {
2739                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2740                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2741                 }
2742                 else
2743                 {
2744                     // ...or remove the attribute
2745                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2746                     n--;
2747                     count--;
2748                 }
2749             }
2750         }
2751     }
2752 }
2753
2754 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2755 {
2756     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2757     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2758     {
2759         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2760         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2761         {
2762             return n;
2763         }
2764     }
2765
2766     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2767 }
2768
2769 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2770 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2771 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2772
2773 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2774 {
2775     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2776     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2777     {
2778         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2779     }
2780 }
2781
2782 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2783 {
2784     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2785
2786     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2787     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2788     {
2789         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2790         attr->IncRef();
2791     }
2792
2793     return attr;
2794 }
2795
2796 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2797 {
2798     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2799     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2800     {
2801         if ( attr )
2802         {
2803             // add the attribute - no need to do anything to reference count
2804             //                     since we take ownership of the attribute.
2805             m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2806             m_attrs.Add(attr);
2807         }
2808         // nothing to remove
2809     }
2810     else
2811     {
2812         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2813         if ( m_attrs[n] == attr )
2814             // nothing to do
2815             return;
2816         if ( attr )
2817         {
2818             // change the attribute, handling reference count manually,
2819             //                       taking ownership of the new attribute.
2820             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2821             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2822         }
2823         else
2824         {
2825             // remove this attribute, handling reference count manually
2826             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2827             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2828             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2829         }
2830     }
2831 }
2832
2833 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2834 {
2835     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2836     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2837     {
2838         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2839         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2840         {
2841             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2842             {
2843                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2844                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2845             }
2846             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2847             {
2848                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2849                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2850                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2851                 else
2852                 {
2853                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2854                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2855                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2856                     n--;
2857                     count--;
2858                 }
2859             }
2860         }
2861     }
2862 }
2863
2864 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2865 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2866 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2867
2868 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2869 {
2870     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2871 }
2872
2873 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2874 {
2875     delete m_data;
2876 }
2877
2878 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2879 {
2880     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2881 }
2882
2883 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2884                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2885 {
2886     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2887     if ( m_data )
2888     {
2889         switch (kind)
2890         {
2891             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2892                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2893                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2894                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2895                 if (!attr)
2896                 {
2897                     // Basically implement old version.
2898                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2899                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2900                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2901                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2902
2903                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2904                     {
2905                         // Two or more are non NULL
2906                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2907                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2908
2909                         // Order is important..
2910                         if (attrcell)
2911                         {
2912                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2913                             attrcell->DecRef();
2914                         }
2915                         if (attrcol)
2916                         {
2917                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2918                             attrcol->DecRef();
2919                         }
2920                         if (attrrow)
2921                         {
2922                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2923                             attrrow->DecRef();
2924                         }
2925
2926                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2927                         //attr->IncRef();
2928                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2929                     }
2930                     else
2931                     {
2932                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2933                         if (attrrow)
2934                             attr = attrrow;
2935                         if (attrcol)
2936                         {
2937                             if (attr)
2938                                 attr->DecRef();
2939                             attr = attrcol;
2940                         }
2941                         if (attrcell)
2942                         {
2943                             if (attr)
2944                                 attr->DecRef();
2945                             attr = attrcell;
2946                         }
2947                     }
2948                 }
2949                 break;
2950
2951             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2952                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2953                 break;
2954
2955             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2956                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2957                 break;
2958
2959             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2960                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2961                 break;
2962
2963             default:
2964                 // unused as yet...
2965                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2966                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2967                 break;
2968         }
2969     }
2970
2971     return attr;
2972 }
2973
2974 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2975                                      int row, int col)
2976 {
2977     if ( !m_data )
2978         InitData();
2979
2980     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2981 }
2982
2983 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2984 {
2985     if ( !m_data )
2986         InitData();
2987
2988     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2989 }
2990
2991 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2992 {
2993     if ( !m_data )
2994         InitData();
2995
2996     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2997 }
2998
2999 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
3000 {
3001     if ( m_data )
3002     {
3003         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
3004
3005         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
3006     }
3007 }
3008
3009 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
3010 {
3011     if ( m_data )
3012     {
3013         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
3014
3015         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
3016     }
3017 }
3018
3019 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3020 // wxGridTypeRegistry
3021 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3022
3023 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
3024 {
3025     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
3026     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
3027         delete m_typeinfo[i];
3028 }
3029
3030 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
3031                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
3032                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
3033 {
3034     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
3035
3036     // is it already registered?
3037     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3038     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
3039     {
3040         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
3041         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
3042     }
3043     else
3044     {
3045         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
3046     }
3047 }
3048
3049 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3050 {
3051     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
3052     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
3053     {
3054         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
3055         {
3056             return i;
3057         }
3058     }
3059
3060     return wxNOT_FOUND;
3061 }
3062
3063 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3064 {
3065     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3066     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3067     {
3068         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
3069         // register it "on the fly"
3070 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3071         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
3072         {
3073             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
3074                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3075                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
3076         }
3077         else
3078 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3079 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3080         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
3081         {
3082             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
3083                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
3084                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
3085         }
3086         else
3087 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3088 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3089         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
3090         {
3091             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
3092                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
3093                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
3094         }
3095         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
3096         {
3097             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
3098                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
3099                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
3100         }
3101         else
3102 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3103 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3104         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
3105         {
3106             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
3107                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3108                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
3109         }
3110         else
3111 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3112         {
3113             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3114         }
3115
3116         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
3117         // the last index
3118         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3119     }
3120
3121     return index;
3122 }
3123
3124 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3125 {
3126     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
3127     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3128     {
3129         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
3130         // are the parameters for the renderer
3131         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
3132         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3133         {
3134             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3135         }
3136
3137         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3138         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3139         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3140         rendererOld->DecRef();
3141
3142         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3143         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3144         editor = editor->Clone();
3145         editorOld->DecRef();
3146
3147         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3148         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3149         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3150         editor->SetParameters(params);
3151
3152         // register the new typename
3153         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3154
3155         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3156         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3157     }
3158
3159     return index;
3160 }
3161
3162 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3163 {
3164     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3165     if (renderer)
3166         renderer->IncRef();
3167
3168     return renderer;
3169 }
3170
3171 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3172 {
3173     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3174     if (editor)
3175         editor->IncRef();
3176
3177     return editor;
3178 }
3179
3180 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3181 // wxGridTableBase
3182 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3183
3184 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3185
3186 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3187 {
3188     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3189     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3190 }
3191
3192 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3193 {
3194     delete m_attrProvider;
3195 }
3196
3197 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3198 {
3199     delete m_attrProvider;
3200     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3201 }
3202
3203 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3204 {
3205     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3206     {
3207         // use the default attr provider by default
3208         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3209     }
3210
3211     return true;
3212 }
3213
3214 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3215 {
3216     if ( m_attrProvider )
3217         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3218     else
3219         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3220 }
3221
3222 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3223 {
3224     if ( m_attrProvider )
3225     {
3226         if ( attr )
3227             attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3228         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3229     }
3230     else
3231     {
3232         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3233         // free it now
3234         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3235     }
3236 }
3237
3238 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3239 {
3240     if ( m_attrProvider )
3241     {
3242         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3243         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3244     }
3245     else
3246     {
3247         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3248         // free it now
3249         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3250     }
3251 }
3252
3253 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3254 {
3255     if ( m_attrProvider )
3256     {
3257         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3258         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3259     }
3260     else
3261     {
3262         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3263         // free it now
3264         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3265     }
3266 }
3267
3268 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3269                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3270 {
3271     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3272
3273     return false;
3274 }
3275
3276 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3277 {
3278     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3279
3280     return false;
3281 }
3282
3283 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3284                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3285 {
3286     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3287
3288     return false;
3289 }
3290
3291 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3292                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3293 {
3294     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3295
3296     return false;
3297 }
3298
3299 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3300 {
3301     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3302
3303     return false;
3304 }
3305
3306 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3307                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3308 {
3309     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3310
3311     return false;
3312 }
3313
3314 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3315 {
3316     wxString s;
3317
3318     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3319     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3320     s << row + 1;
3321
3322     return s;
3323 }
3324
3325 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3326 {
3327     // default col labels are:
3328     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3329     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3330     //   etc.
3331
3332     wxString s;
3333     unsigned int i, n;
3334     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3335     {
3336         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3337         col = col / 26 - 1;
3338         if ( col < 0 )
3339             break;
3340     }
3341
3342     // reverse the string...
3343     wxString s2;
3344     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3345     {
3346         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3347     }
3348
3349     return s2;
3350 }
3351
3352 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3353 {
3354     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3355 }
3356
3357 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3358                                      const wxString& typeName )
3359 {
3360     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3361 }
3362
3363 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3364 {
3365     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3366 }
3367
3368 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3369 {
3370     return 0;
3371 }
3372
3373 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3374 {
3375     return 0.0;
3376 }
3377
3378 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3379 {
3380     return false;
3381 }
3382
3383 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3384                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3385 {
3386 }
3387
3388 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3389                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3390 {
3391 }
3392
3393 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3394                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3395 {
3396 }
3397
3398 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3399                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3400 {
3401     return NULL;
3402 }
3403
3404 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3405                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3406                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3407 {
3408 }
3409
3410 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3411 //
3412 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3413 // to the grid view
3414 //
3415
3416 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3417 {
3418     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3419     m_id = -1;
3420     m_comInt1 = -1;
3421     m_comInt2 = -1;
3422 }
3423
3424 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3425                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3426 {
3427     m_table = table;
3428     m_id = id;
3429     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3430     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3431 }
3432
3433 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3434 //
3435 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3436 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3437 //
3438
3439 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3440
3441 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3442
3443 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3444         : wxGridTableBase()
3445 {
3446 }
3447
3448 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3449         : wxGridTableBase()
3450 {
3451     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3452
3453     wxArrayString sa;
3454     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3455     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3456
3457     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3458 }
3459
3460 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3461 {
3462 }
3463
3464 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3465 {
3466     return m_data.GetCount();
3467 }
3468
3469 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3470 {
3471     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3472         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3473     else
3474         return 0;
3475 }
3476
3477 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3478 {
3479     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3480                  wxEmptyString,
3481                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3482
3483     return m_data[row][col];
3484 }
3485
3486 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3487 {
3488     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3489                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3490
3491     m_data[row][col] = value;
3492 }
3493
3494 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3495 {
3496     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3497                  true,
3498                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3499
3500     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3501 }
3502
3503 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3504 {
3505     int row, col;
3506     int numRows, numCols;
3507
3508     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3509     if ( numRows > 0 )
3510     {
3511         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3512
3513         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3514         {
3515             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3516             {
3517                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3518             }
3519         }
3520     }
3521 }
3522
3523 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3524 {
3525     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3526     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3527                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3528
3529     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3530     {
3531         return AppendRows( numRows );
3532     }
3533
3534     wxArrayString sa;
3535     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3536     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3537     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3538
3539     if ( GetView() )
3540     {
3541         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3542                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3543                                 pos,
3544                                 numRows );
3545
3546         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3547     }
3548
3549     return true;
3550 }
3551
3552 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3553 {
3554     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3555     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3556                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3557                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3558
3559     wxArrayString sa;
3560     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3561     {
3562         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3563         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3564     }
3565
3566     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3567
3568     if ( GetView() )
3569     {
3570         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3571                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3572                                 numRows );
3573
3574         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3575     }
3576
3577     return true;
3578 }
3579
3580 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3581 {
3582     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3583
3584     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3585     {
3586         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3587                     (
3588                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3589                         (unsigned long)pos,
3590                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3591                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3592                     ) );
3593
3594         return false;
3595     }
3596
3597     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3598     {
3599         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3600     }
3601
3602     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3603     {
3604         m_data.Clear();
3605     }
3606     else
3607     {
3608         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3609     }
3610
3611     if ( GetView() )
3612     {
3613         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3614                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3615                                 pos,
3616                                 numRows );
3617
3618         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3619     }
3620
3621     return true;
3622 }
3623
3624 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3625 {
3626     size_t row, col;
3627
3628     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3629     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3630                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3631                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3632
3633     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3634     {
3635         return AppendCols( numCols );
3636     }
3637
3638     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3639     {
3640         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
3641
3642         size_t i;
3643         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
3644             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
3645     }
3646
3647     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3648     {
3649         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3650         {
3651             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3652         }
3653     }
3654
3655     if ( GetView() )
3656     {
3657         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3658                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3659                                 pos,
3660                                 numCols );
3661
3662         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3663     }
3664
3665     return true;
3666 }
3667
3668 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3669 {
3670     size_t row;
3671
3672     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3673
3674 #if 0
3675     if ( !curNumRows )
3676     {
3677         // TODO: something better than this ?
3678         //
3679         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3680         return false;
3681     }
3682 #endif
3683
3684     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3685     {
3686         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3687     }
3688
3689     if ( GetView() )
3690     {
3691         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3692                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3693                                 numCols );
3694
3695         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3696     }
3697
3698     return true;
3699 }
3700
3701 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3702 {
3703     size_t row;
3704
3705     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3706     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3707                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3708
3709     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3710     {
3711         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3712                     (
3713                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3714                         (unsigned long)pos,
3715                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3716                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3717                     ) );
3718         return false;
3719     }
3720
3721     int colID;
3722     if ( GetView() )
3723         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
3724     else
3725         colID = pos;
3726
3727     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
3728     {
3729         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
3730     }
3731
3732     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3733     {
3734         // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
3735         // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
3736         // element and not numCols, so account for it
3737         int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
3738         if ( nToRm > 0 )
3739             m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm );
3740     }
3741
3742     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3743     {
3744         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3745         {
3746             m_data[row].Clear();
3747         }
3748         else
3749         {
3750             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
3751         }
3752     }
3753
3754     if ( GetView() )
3755     {
3756         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3757                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3758                                 pos,
3759                                 numCols );
3760
3761         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3762     }
3763
3764     return true;
3765 }
3766
3767 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3768 {
3769     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3770     {
3771         // using default label
3772         //
3773         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3774     }
3775     else
3776     {
3777         return m_rowLabels[row];
3778     }
3779 }
3780
3781 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3782 {
3783     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3784     {
3785         // using default label
3786         //
3787         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3788     }
3789     else
3790     {
3791         return m_colLabels[col];
3792     }
3793 }
3794
3795 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3796 {
3797     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3798     {
3799         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3800         int i;
3801
3802         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3803         {
3804             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3805         }
3806     }
3807
3808     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3809 }
3810
3811 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3812 {
3813     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3814     {
3815         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3816         int i;
3817
3818         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3819         {
3820             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3821         }
3822     }
3823
3824     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3825 }
3826
3827
3828 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3829 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3830
3831 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
3832     EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
3833 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3834
3835 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
3836 {
3837     m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
3838 }
3839
3840 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3841
3842 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3843     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3844     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3845     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3846 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3847
3848 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3849                                             wxWindowID id,
3850                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3851   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3852 {
3853     m_owner = parent;
3854 }
3855
3856 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3857 {
3858     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3859
3860     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3861     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3862     // set the y coord  - MB
3863     //
3864     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3865
3866     int x, y;
3867     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3868     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3869     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
3870
3871     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3872     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3873 }
3874
3875 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3876 {
3877     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3878 }
3879
3880 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3881 {
3882     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3883 }
3884
3885 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3886
3887 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3888
3889 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3890     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3891     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3892     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3893 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3894
3895 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3896                                             wxWindowID id,
3897                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3898   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3899 {
3900     m_owner = parent;
3901 }
3902
3903 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3904 {
3905     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3906
3907     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3908     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3909     // set the x coord  - MB
3910     //
3911     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3912
3913     int x, y;
3914     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3915     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3916     if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
3917         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
3918     else
3919         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
3920
3921     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3922     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3923 }
3924
3925 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3926 {
3927     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3928 }
3929
3930 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3931 {
3932     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3933 }
3934
3935 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3936
3937 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3938
3939 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3940     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3941     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3942     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3943 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3944
3945 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3946                                                   wxWindowID id,
3947                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3948   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3949 {
3950     m_owner = parent;
3951 }
3952
3953 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3954 {
3955     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3956
3957     int client_height = 0;
3958     int client_width = 0;
3959     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3960
3961     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3962 #if 0
3963 def __WXGTK__
3964     wxRect rect;
3965     rect.SetX( 1 );
3966     rect.SetY( 1 );
3967     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3968     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3969
3970     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3971 #else // !__WXGTK__
3972     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
3973     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3974     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3975     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3976     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3977
3978     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3979     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3980     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3981 #endif
3982 }
3983
3984 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3985 {
3986     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3987 }
3988
3989 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3990 {
3991     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3992 }
3993
3994 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3995
3996 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3997
3998 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3999     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
4000     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
4001     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
4002     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
4003     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
4004     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
4005     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
4006     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
4007     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
4008 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4009
4010 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
4011                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
4012                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
4013                             wxWindowID id,
4014                             const wxPoint &pos,
4015                             const wxSize &size )
4016             : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size,
4017                               wxWANTS_CHARS | wxCLIP_CHILDREN,
4018                               wxT("grid window") )
4019 {
4020     m_owner = parent;
4021     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
4022     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
4023 }
4024
4025 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
4026 {
4027     wxPaintDC dc( this );
4028     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
4029     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
4030     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
4031     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
4032
4033 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
4034     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
4035 #endif
4036
4037     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
4038     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
4039 }
4040
4041 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
4042 {
4043     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
4044     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
4045     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
4046 }
4047
4048 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4049 {
4050     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
4051         SetFocus();
4052
4053     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
4054 }
4055
4056 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
4057 {
4058     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
4059 }
4060
4061 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
4062 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
4063 //
4064 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4065 {
4066     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4067         event.Skip();
4068 }
4069
4070 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
4071 {
4072     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4073         event.Skip();
4074 }
4075
4076 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
4077 {
4078     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4079         event.Skip();
4080 }
4081
4082 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4083 {
4084 }
4085
4086 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
4087 {
4088     // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it
4089     // uses different colour when the grid is not focused:
4090     if ( m_owner->IsSelection() )
4091     {
4092         Refresh();
4093     }
4094     else
4095     {
4096         // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other
4097         //     branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling
4098         //     Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if
4099         //     !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh
4100         //     only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else"
4101         //     branch so that it's always executed.
4102
4103         // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change:
4104         const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(),
4105                                             m_owner->GetGridCursorCol());
4106         const wxRect cursor =
4107             m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords);
4108         Refresh(true, &cursor);
4109     }
4110
4111     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4112         event.Skip();
4113 }
4114
4115 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4116
4117 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
4118 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
4119 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
4120 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
4121
4122 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
4123
4124 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4125                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4126                            bool clipToMinMax);
4127
4128 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
4129 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4130                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4131                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4132
4133 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4134
4135 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4136 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4137
4138 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4139     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4140     // use them for streaming out
4141     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4142     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4143     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4144     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4145     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4146     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4147
4148     // old style border flags
4149     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4150     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4151     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4152     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4153     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4154     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4155
4156     // standard window styles
4157     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4158     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4159     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4160     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4161     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4162     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4163     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4164     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4165
4166 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4167
4168 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4169
4170 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4171     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4172     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4173 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4174
4175 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4176 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4177
4178 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4179
4180 /*
4181  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4182 */
4183 #else
4184 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4185 #endif
4186
4187 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4188     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4189     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4190     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4191     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4192     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4193     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4194 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4195
4196 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4197 {
4198     InitVars();
4199 }
4200
4201 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4202                  wxWindowID id,
4203                  const wxPoint& pos,
4204                  const wxSize& size,
4205                  long style,
4206                  const wxString& name )
4207 {
4208     InitVars();
4209     Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
4210 }
4211
4212 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4213                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4214                           long style, const wxString& name)
4215 {
4216     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4217                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4218         return false;
4219
4220     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4221     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4222
4223     Create();
4224     SetInitialSize(size);
4225     CalcDimensions();
4226
4227     return true;
4228 }
4229
4230 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4231 {
4232     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4233     SetTargetWindow(this);
4234     ClearAttrCache();
4235     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4236
4237 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4238     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4239     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4240                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4241              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4242              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4243 #endif
4244
4245     // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
4246     // with dangling view pointer
4247     if ( m_ownTable )
4248         delete m_table;
4249     else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
4250         m_table->SetView(NULL);
4251
4252     delete m_typeRegistry;
4253     delete m_selection;
4254 }
4255
4256 //
4257 // ----- internal init and update functions
4258 //
4259
4260 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4261 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4262 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4263
4264 void wxGrid::Create()
4265 {
4266     // create the type registry
4267     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4268
4269     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4270
4271     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4272
4273     // Set default cell attributes
4274     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4275     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4276     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4277     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4278     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4279     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4280
4281 #if _USE_VISATTR
4282     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4283     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4284
4285     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4286     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4287
4288 #else
4289     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4290         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4291     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4292         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4293 #endif
4294
4295     m_numRows = 0;
4296     m_numCols = 0;
4297     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4298
4299     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4300     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4301
4302     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4303     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4304                                               wxID_ANY,
4305                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4306                                               wxDefaultSize );
4307
4308     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4309                                               wxID_ANY,
4310                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4311                                               wxDefaultSize );
4312
4313     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4314                                                     wxID_ANY,
4315                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4316                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4317
4318     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4319                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4320                                   m_colLabelWin,
4321                                   wxID_ANY,
4322                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4323                                   wxDefaultSize );
4324
4325     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4326
4327 #if _USE_VISATTR
4328     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4329     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4330     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4331     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4332 #else
4333     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4334     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4335     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4336     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4337 #endif
4338
4339     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4340     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4341     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4342     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4343     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4344     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4345
4346     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4347     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4348
4349     Init();
4350 }
4351
4352 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4353                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4354 {
4355     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4356                  false,
4357                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4358
4359     m_numRows = numRows;
4360     m_numCols = numCols;
4361
4362     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4363     m_table->SetView( this );
4364     m_ownTable = true;
4365     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4366
4367     CalcDimensions();
4368
4369     m_created = true;
4370
4371     return m_created;
4372 }
4373
4374 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4375 {
4376     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4377                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4378
4379     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4380 }
4381
4382 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4383 {
4384     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4385                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4386
4387     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4388 }
4389
4390 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4391                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4392 {
4393     bool checkSelection = false;
4394     if ( m_created )
4395     {
4396         // stop all processing
4397         m_created = false;
4398
4399         if (m_table)
4400         {
4401             m_table->SetView(0);
4402             if( m_ownTable )
4403                 delete m_table;
4404             m_table = NULL;
4405         }
4406
4407         delete m_selection;
4408         m_selection = NULL;
4409
4410         m_ownTable = false;
4411         m_numRows = 0;
4412         m_numCols = 0;
4413         checkSelection = true;
4414
4415         // kill row and column size arrays
4416         m_colWidths.Empty();
4417         m_colRights.Empty();
4418         m_rowHeights.Empty();
4419         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4420     }
4421
4422     if (table)
4423     {
4424         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4425         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4426
4427         m_table = table;
4428         m_table->SetView( this );
4429         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4430         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4431         if (checkSelection)
4432         {
4433             // If the newly set table is smaller than the
4434             // original one current cell and selection regions
4435             // might be invalid,
4436             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4437             m_currentCellCoords =
4438               wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
4439                                wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
4440             if (m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
4441                 m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
4442             {
4443                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4444                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4445             }
4446             else
4447                 m_selectingBottomRight =
4448                   wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
4449                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow()),
4450                                    wxMin(m_numCols,
4451                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol()));
4452         }
4453         CalcDimensions();
4454
4455         m_created = true;
4456     }
4457
4458     return m_created;
4459 }
4460
4461 void wxGrid::InitVars()
4462 {
4463     m_created = false;
4464
4465     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4466     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4467     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4468     m_gridWin = NULL;
4469
4470     m_table = NULL;
4471     m_ownTable = false;
4472
4473     m_selection = NULL;
4474     m_defaultCellAttr = NULL;
4475     m_typeRegistry = NULL;
4476     m_winCapture = NULL;
4477 }
4478
4479 void wxGrid::Init()
4480 {
4481     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4482     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4483
4484     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4485     {
4486         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4487     }
4488     else
4489     {
4490         m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
4491     }
4492
4493     m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK;
4494
4495     // init attr cache
4496     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4497     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4498     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4499
4500     // TODO: something better than this ?
4501     //
4502     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4503     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4504
4505     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4506     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4507
4508     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4509     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4510     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4511
4512     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4513     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4514
4515     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4516     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4517
4518 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4519     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4520 #else
4521     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4522 #endif
4523
4524     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4525     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4526     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4527     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4528     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4529
4530     m_canDragColMove = false;
4531
4532     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4533     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4534     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4535     m_canDragColSize = true;
4536     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4537     m_canDragCell = false;
4538     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4539     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4540     m_isDragging = false;
4541     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4542     m_nativeColumnLabels = false;
4543
4544     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4545
4546     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4547     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4548
4549     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4550
4551     ClearSelection();
4552
4553     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4554     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4555
4556     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4557
4558     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4559     m_batchCount = 0;
4560
4561     m_extraWidth =
4562     m_extraHeight = 0;
4563
4564     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4565     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4566 }
4567
4568 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4569 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4570 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4571 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4572 // arrays at all
4573 //
4574 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
4575 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
4576 // this is not done currently
4577 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4578
4579 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4580 {
4581     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4582     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4583
4584     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4585     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4586
4587     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4588
4589     int rowBottom = 0;
4590     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4591     {
4592         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4593         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4594     }
4595 }
4596
4597 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4598 {
4599     m_colWidths.Empty();
4600     m_colRights.Empty();
4601
4602     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4603     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4604
4605     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4606
4607     int colRight = 0;
4608     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4609     {
4610         colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
4611         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4612     }
4613 }
4614
4615 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4616 {
4617     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4618 }
4619
4620 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4621 {
4622     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
4623                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4624 }
4625
4626 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4627 {
4628     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4629                                  : m_colRights[col];
4630 }
4631
4632 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4633 {
4634     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4635 }
4636
4637 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4638 {
4639     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4640                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4641 }
4642
4643 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4644 {
4645     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4646                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4647 }
4648
4649 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4650 {
4651     // compute the size of the scrollable area
4652     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
4653     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
4654
4655     w += m_extraWidth;
4656     h += m_extraHeight;
4657
4658     // take into account editor if shown
4659     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4660     {
4661         int w2, h2;
4662         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4663         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4664         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4665         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4666
4667         // how big is the editor
4668         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4669         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4670         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4671         w2 += x;
4672         h2 += y;
4673         if ( w2 > w )
4674             w = w2;
4675         if ( h2 > h )
4676             h = h2;
4677         editor->DecRef();
4678         attr->DecRef();
4679     }
4680
4681     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4682     int x, y;
4683     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4684
4685     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4686     if ( x >= w )
4687         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4688     if ( y >= h )
4689         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4690
4691     // do set scrollbar parameters
4692     SetScrollRate(m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY);
4693     m_gridWin->SetVirtualSize(w, h);
4694     Scroll(x, y);
4695
4696     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4697     // still must reposition the children
4698     CalcWindowSizes();
4699 }
4700
4701 wxSize wxGrid::GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size)
4702 {
4703     wxSize sizeGridWin(size);
4704     sizeGridWin.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4705     sizeGridWin.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
4706
4707     return sizeGridWin;
4708 }
4709
4710 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4711 {
4712     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4713
4714     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4715         return;
4716
4717     int cw, ch;
4718     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4719
4720     // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't
4721     // size the windows to negative sizes in this case
4722     int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth;
4723     int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight;
4724     if (gw < 0)
4725         gw = 0;
4726     if (gh < 0)
4727         gh = 0;
4728
4729     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4730         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4731
4732     if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4733         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight );
4734
4735     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4736         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh );
4737
4738     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4739         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh );
4740 }
4741
4742 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4743 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4744 //
4745 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4746 {
4747     int i;
4748     bool result = false;
4749
4750     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4751     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4752     ClearAttrCache();
4753
4754     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4755     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4756     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4757     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4758     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4759     HideCellEditControl();
4760
4761 #if 0
4762     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4763     // now
4764     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4765     {
4766         InitColWidths();
4767     }
4768
4769     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4770     {
4771         InitRowHeights();
4772     }
4773 #endif
4774
4775     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4776     {
4777         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4778         {
4779             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4780             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4781
4782             m_numRows += numRows;
4783
4784             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4785             {
4786                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4787                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4788
4789                 int bottom = 0;
4790                 if ( pos > 0 )
4791                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4792
4793                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4794                 {
4795                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4796                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4797                 }
4798             }
4799
4800             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4801             {
4802                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4803                 // cell will be undefined...
4804                 //
4805                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4806             }
4807
4808             if ( m_selection )
4809                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4810             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4811             if (attrProvider)
4812                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4813
4814             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4815             {
4816                 CalcDimensions();
4817                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4818             }
4819         }
4820         result = true;
4821         break;
4822
4823         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4824         {
4825             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4826             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4827             m_numRows += numRows;
4828
4829             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4830             {
4831                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4832                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4833
4834                 int bottom = 0;
4835                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4836                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4837
4838                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4839                 {
4840                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4841                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4842                 }
4843             }
4844
4845             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4846             {
4847                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4848                 // cell will be undefined...
4849                 //
4850                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4851             }
4852
4853             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4854             {
4855                 CalcDimensions();
4856                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4857             }
4858         }
4859         result = true;
4860         break;
4861
4862         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4863         {
4864             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4865             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4866             m_numRows -= numRows;
4867
4868             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4869             {
4870                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4871                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4872
4873                 int h = 0;
4874                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4875                 {
4876                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4877                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4878                 }
4879             }
4880
4881             if ( !m_numRows )
4882             {
4883                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4884             }
4885             else
4886             {
4887                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4888                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4889             }
4890
4891             if ( m_selection )
4892                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4893             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4894             if (attrProvider)
4895             {
4896                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4897
4898 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4899 #if 0
4900                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4901                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4902                 // all column attributes.
4903                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4904                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4905                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4906                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4907 #endif
4908             }
4909
4910             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4911             {
4912                 CalcDimensions();
4913                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4914             }
4915         }
4916         result = true;
4917         break;
4918
4919         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4920         {
4921             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4922             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4923             m_numCols += numCols;
4924
4925             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4926             {
4927                 //Shift the column IDs
4928                 int i;
4929                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
4930                 {
4931                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
4932                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
4933                 }
4934
4935                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
4936
4937                 //Set the new columns' positions
4938                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
4939                 {
4940                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4941                 }
4942             }
4943
4944             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4945             {
4946                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4947                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4948
4949                 int right = 0;
4950                 if ( pos > 0 )
4951                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
4952
4953                 int colPos;
4954                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4955                 {
4956                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4957
4958                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4959                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4960                 }
4961             }
4962
4963             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4964             {
4965                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4966                 // cell will be undefined...
4967                 //
4968                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4969             }
4970
4971             if ( m_selection )
4972                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4973             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4974             if (attrProvider)
4975                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4976             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4977             {
4978                 CalcDimensions();
4979                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4980             }
4981         }
4982         result = true;
4983         break;
4984
4985         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4986         {
4987             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4988             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4989             m_numCols += numCols;
4990
4991             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4992             {
4993                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
4994
4995                 //Set the new columns' positions
4996                 int i;
4997                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4998                 {
4999                     m_colAt[i] = i;
5000                 }
5001             }
5002
5003             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5004             {
5005                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
5006                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
5007
5008                 int right = 0;
5009                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
5010                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
5011
5012                 int colPos;
5013                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5014                 {
5015                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5016
5017                     right += m_colWidths[i];
5018                     m_colRights[i] = right;
5019                 }
5020             }
5021
5022             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
5023             {
5024                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
5025                 // cell will be undefined...
5026                 //
5027                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
5028             }
5029             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5030             {
5031                 CalcDimensions();
5032                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5033             }
5034         }
5035         result = true;
5036         break;
5037
5038         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
5039         {
5040             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
5041             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
5042             m_numCols -= numCols;
5043
5044             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
5045             {
5046                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
5047
5048                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5049
5050                 //Shift the column IDs
5051                 int colPos;
5052                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5053                 {
5054                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
5055                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
5056                 }
5057             }
5058
5059             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5060             {
5061                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5062                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5063
5064                 int w = 0;
5065                 int colPos;
5066                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5067                 {
5068                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5069
5070                     w += m_colWidths[i];
5071                     m_colRights[i] = w;
5072                 }
5073             }
5074
5075             if ( !m_numCols )
5076             {
5077                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5078             }
5079             else
5080             {
5081                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
5082                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
5083             }
5084
5085             if ( m_selection )
5086                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5087             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5088             if (attrProvider)
5089             {
5090                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5091
5092 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
5093 #if 0
5094                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
5095                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
5096                 // all row attributes.
5097                 // I hate to do this here, but the
5098                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
5099                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
5100                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
5101 #endif
5102             }
5103
5104             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5105             {
5106                 CalcDimensions();
5107                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5108             }
5109         }
5110         result = true;
5111         break;
5112     }
5113
5114     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
5115         m_gridWin->Refresh();
5116
5117     return result;
5118 }
5119
5120 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5121 {
5122     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5123     wxRect r;
5124
5125     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
5126
5127     int top, bottom;
5128     while ( iter )
5129     {
5130         r = iter.GetRect();
5131
5132         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5133         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5134         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5135         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5136         //
5137 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5138         int cw, ch;
5139         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5140         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
5141             r.SetTop( 0 );
5142         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5143 #endif
5144
5145         // logical bounds of update region
5146         //
5147         int dummy;
5148         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
5149         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
5150
5151         // find the row labels within these bounds
5152         //
5153         int row;
5154         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5155         {
5156             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
5157                 continue;
5158
5159             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5160                 break;
5161
5162             rowlabels.Add( row );
5163         }
5164
5165         ++iter;
5166     }
5167
5168     return rowlabels;
5169 }
5170
5171 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5172 {
5173     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5174     wxRect r;
5175
5176     wxArrayInt colLabels;
5177
5178     int left, right;
5179     while ( iter )
5180     {
5181         r = iter.GetRect();
5182
5183         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5184         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5185         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5186         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5187         //
5188 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5189         int cw, ch;
5190         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5191         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
5192             r.SetLeft( 0 );
5193         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5194 #endif
5195
5196         // logical bounds of update region
5197         //
5198         int dummy;
5199         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
5200         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
5201
5202         // find the cells within these bounds
5203         //
5204         int col;
5205         int colPos;
5206         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5207         {
5208             col = GetColAt( colPos );
5209
5210             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
5211                 continue;
5212
5213             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5214                 break;
5215
5216             colLabels.Add( col );
5217         }
5218
5219         ++iter;
5220     }
5221
5222     return colLabels;
5223 }
5224
5225 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5226 {
5227     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5228     wxRect r;
5229
5230     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5231
5232     int left, top, right, bottom;
5233     while ( iter )
5234     {
5235         r = iter.GetRect();
5236
5237         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5238         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5239         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5240         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5241         //
5242 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5243         int cw, ch;
5244         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5245         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5246         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5247         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5248         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5249 #endif
5250
5251         // logical bounds of update region
5252         //
5253         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5254         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5255
5256         // find the cells within these bounds
5257         //
5258         int row, col;
5259         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5260         {
5261             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5262                 continue;
5263
5264             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5265                 break;
5266
5267             int colPos;
5268             for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5269             {
5270                 col = GetColAt( colPos );
5271
5272                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5273                     continue;
5274
5275                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5276                     break;
5277
5278                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5279             }
5280         }
5281
5282         ++iter;
5283     }
5284
5285     return cellsExposed;
5286 }
5287
5288
5289 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5290 {
5291     int x, y, row;
5292     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5293     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5294
5295     if ( event.Dragging() )
5296     {
5297         if (!m_isDragging)
5298         {
5299             m_isDragging = true;
5300             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5301         }
5302
5303         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5304         {
5305             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5306             {
5307                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5308                 {
5309                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5310                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5311                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5312
5313                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5314                     PrepareDC( dc );
5315                     y = wxMax( y,
5316                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5317                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5318                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5319                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5320                     {
5321                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5322                     }
5323                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5324                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5325                 }
5326                 break;
5327
5328                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5329                 {
5330                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5331                     {
5332                         if ( m_selection )
5333                         {
5334                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5335                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5336                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5337                                                     event.AltDown(),
5338                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5339                         }
5340                     }
5341                 }
5342                 break;
5343
5344                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5345                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5346                 default:
5347                     break;
5348             }
5349         }
5350         return;
5351     }
5352
5353     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5354         return;
5355
5356     if (m_isDragging)
5357     {
5358         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5359             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5360         m_isDragging = false;
5361     }
5362
5363     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5364     //
5365     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5366     {
5367         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5368     }
5369
5370     // ------------ Left button pressed
5371     //
5372     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5373     {
5374         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5375         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5376         // wanting to resize the row
5377         //
5378         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5379         {
5380             row = YToRow(y);
5381             if ( row >= 0 &&
5382                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5383             {
5384                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5385                     ClearSelection();
5386                 if ( m_selection )
5387                 {
5388                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5389                     {
5390                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5391                                                   0,
5392                                                   row,
5393                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5394                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5395                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5396                                                   event.AltDown(),
5397                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5398                     }
5399                     else
5400                     {
5401                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5402                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5403                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5404                                                 event.AltDown(),
5405                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5406                     }
5407                 }
5408
5409                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5410             }
5411         }
5412         else
5413         {
5414             // starting to drag-resize a row
5415             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5416                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5417         }
5418     }
5419
5420     // ------------ Left double click
5421     //
5422     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5423     {
5424         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5425         if ( row < 0 )
5426         {
5427             row = YToRow(y);
5428             if ( row >=0 &&
5429                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5430             {
5431                 // no default action at the moment
5432             }
5433         }
5434         else
5435         {
5436             // adjust row height depending on label text
5437             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5438
5439             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5440             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5441         }
5442     }
5443
5444     // ------------ Left button released
5445     //
5446     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5447     {
5448         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5449         {
5450             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5451
5452             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5453             // default processing in this case
5454             //
5455             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5456         }
5457
5458         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5459         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5460     }
5461
5462     // ------------ Right button down
5463     //
5464     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5465     {
5466         row = YToRow(y);
5467         if ( row >=0 &&
5468              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5469         {
5470             // no default action at the moment
5471         }
5472     }
5473
5474     // ------------ Right double click
5475     //
5476     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5477     {
5478         row = YToRow(y);
5479         if ( row >= 0 &&
5480              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5481         {
5482             // no default action at the moment
5483         }
5484     }
5485
5486     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5487     //
5488     else if ( event.Moving() )
5489     {
5490         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5491         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5492         {
5493             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5494             {
5495                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5496                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5497                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5498             }
5499         }
5500         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5501         {
5502             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5503         }
5504     }
5505 }
5506
5507 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5508 {
5509     int x, y, col;
5510     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5511     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5512
5513     if ( event.Dragging() )
5514     {
5515         if (!m_isDragging)
5516         {
5517             m_isDragging = true;
5518             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5519
5520             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL )
5521                 m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x );
5522         }
5523
5524         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5525         {
5526             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5527             {
5528                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5529                 {
5530                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5531                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5532                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5533
5534                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5535                     PrepareDC( dc );
5536
5537                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5538                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5539                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5540                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5541                     {
5542                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5543                     }
5544                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5545                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5546                 }
5547                 break;
5548
5549                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5550                 {
5551                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5552                     {
5553                         if ( m_selection )
5554                         {
5555                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5556                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5557                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5558                                                     event.AltDown(),
5559                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5560                         }
5561                     }
5562                 }
5563                 break;
5564
5565                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5566                 {
5567                     if ( x < 0 )
5568                         m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 );
5569                     else
5570                         m_moveToCol = XToCol( x );
5571
5572                     int markerX;
5573
5574                     if ( m_moveToCol < 0 )
5575                         markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) );
5576                     else
5577                         markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol );
5578
5579                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
5580                     {
5581                         wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5582
5583                         int cw, ch;
5584                         m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5585
5586                         markerX++;
5587
5588                         //Clean up the last indicator
5589                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5590                         {
5591                             wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
5592                             dc.SetPen(pen);
5593                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
5594                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5595
5596                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
5597                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
5598                         }
5599
5600                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
5601                         if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol)
5602                           || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1)
5603                           || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )))
5604                         {
5605                             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5606                             return;
5607                         }
5608
5609                         //Draw the marker
5610                         wxPen pen( *wxBLUE, 2 );
5611                         dc.SetPen(pen);
5612
5613                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
5614
5615                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5616
5617                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
5618                     }
5619                 }
5620                 break;
5621
5622                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5623                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5624                 default:
5625                     break;
5626             }
5627         }
5628         return;
5629     }
5630
5631     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5632         return;
5633
5634     if (m_isDragging)
5635     {
5636         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5637             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5638         m_isDragging = false;
5639     }
5640
5641     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5642     //
5643     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5644     {
5645         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5646     }
5647
5648     // ------------ Left button pressed
5649     //
5650     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5651     {
5652         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5653         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5654         // wanting to resize the col
5655         //
5656         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5657         {
5658             col = XToCol(x);
5659             if ( col >= 0 &&
5660                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5661             {
5662                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
5663                 {
5664                     //Show button as pressed
5665                     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5666                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
5667                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
5668                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
5669                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
5670                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
5671
5672                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5673                 }
5674                 else
5675                 {
5676                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5677                         ClearSelection();
5678                     if ( m_selection )
5679                     {
5680                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5681                         {
5682                             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5683                                                       m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5684                                                       GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5685                                                       event.ControlDown(),
5686                                                       event.ShiftDown(),
5687                                                       event.AltDown(),
5688                                                       event.MetaDown() );
5689                         }
5690                         else
5691                         {
5692                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5693                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5694                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5695                                                     event.AltDown(),
5696                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5697                         }
5698                     }
5699
5700                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5701                 }
5702             }
5703         }
5704         else
5705         {
5706             // starting to drag-resize a col
5707             //
5708             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5709                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5710         }
5711     }
5712
5713     // ------------ Left double click
5714     //
5715     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5716     {
5717         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5718         if ( col < 0 )
5719         {
5720             col = XToCol(x);
5721             if ( col >= 0 &&
5722                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5723             {
5724                 // no default action at the moment
5725             }
5726         }
5727         else
5728         {
5729             // adjust column width depending on label text
5730             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5731
5732             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5733             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5734         }
5735     }
5736
5737     // ------------ Left button released
5738     //
5739     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5740     {
5741         switch ( m_cursorMode )
5742         {
5743             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5744                 DoEndDragResizeCol();
5745
5746                 // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5747                 // default processing in this case
5748                 //
5749                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5750                 break;
5751
5752             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5753                 DoEndDragMoveCol();
5754
5755                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5756                 break;
5757
5758             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5759             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
5760             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5761             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5762                 // nothing to do (?)
5763                 break;
5764         }
5765
5766         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5767         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5768     }
5769
5770     // ------------ Right button down
5771     //
5772     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5773     {
5774         col = XToCol(x);
5775         if ( col >= 0 &&
5776              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5777         {
5778             // no default action at the moment
5779         }
5780     }
5781
5782     // ------------ Right double click
5783     //
5784     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5785     {
5786         col = XToCol(x);
5787         if ( col >= 0 &&
5788              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5789         {
5790             // no default action at the moment
5791         }
5792     }
5793
5794     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5795     //
5796     else if ( event.Moving() )
5797     {
5798         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5799         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5800         {
5801             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5802             {
5803                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5804                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5805                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5806             }
5807         }
5808         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5809         {
5810             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5811         }
5812     }
5813 }
5814
5815 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5816 {
5817     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5818     {
5819         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5820         // col args == -1
5821         //
5822         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5823         {
5824             SelectAll();
5825         }
5826     }
5827     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5828     {
5829         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5830     }
5831     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5832     {
5833         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5834         {
5835             // no default action at the moment
5836         }
5837     }
5838     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5839     {
5840         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5841         {
5842             // no default action at the moment
5843         }
5844     }
5845 }
5846
5847 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
5848 {
5849     // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
5850     if ( m_winCapture )
5851     {
5852         m_isDragging = false;
5853         m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
5854         m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5855         m_winCapture = NULL;
5856
5857         // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
5858         Refresh();
5859     }
5860 }
5861
5862 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5863                               wxWindow *win,
5864                               bool captureMouse)
5865 {
5866 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5867     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5868     {
5869         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5870         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5871         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5872         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5873         _T("SELECT_COL"),
5874         _T("MOVE_COL"),
5875     };
5876
5877     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5878                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5879                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5880                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5881                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5882                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5883 #endif
5884
5885     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5886          win == m_winCapture &&
5887          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5888         return;
5889
5890     if ( !win )
5891     {
5892         // by default use the grid itself
5893         win = m_gridWin;
5894     }
5895
5896     if ( m_winCapture )
5897     {
5898         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5899             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5900         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5901     }
5902
5903     m_cursorMode = mode;
5904
5905     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5906     {
5907         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5908             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5909             break;
5910
5911         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5912             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5913             break;
5914
5915         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5916             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
5917             break;
5918
5919         default:
5920             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5921             break;
5922     }
5923
5924     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5925     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5926                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5927
5928     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5929     {
5930         win->CaptureMouse();
5931         m_winCapture = win;
5932     }
5933 }
5934
5935 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5936 {
5937     int x, y;
5938     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5939     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5940
5941     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5942     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5943
5944     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5945     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5946     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5947     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5948     {
5949         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5950         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5951     }
5952
5953     if ( event.Dragging() )
5954     {
5955         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5956
5957         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5958         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5959         if (! m_isDragging)
5960         {
5961             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5962             {
5963                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5964                 return;
5965             }
5966             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5967                 return;
5968         }
5969
5970         m_isDragging = true;
5971         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5972         {
5973             // Hide the edit control, so it
5974             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5975             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5976             {
5977                 HideCellEditControl();
5978                 SaveEditControlValue();
5979             }
5980
5981             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5982             {
5983                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5984                 {
5985                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5986                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5987                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5988                 }
5989                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5990                 {
5991                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5992                     {
5993                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5994                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5995
5996                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5997                                    coords.GetRow(),
5998                                    coords.GetCol(),
5999                                    event );
6000                         return;
6001                     }
6002                 }
6003                 else
6004                 {
6005                     if ( !IsSelection() )
6006                     {
6007                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6008                     }
6009                     else
6010                     {
6011                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
6012                     }
6013                 }
6014
6015                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
6016                 {
6017                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
6018                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
6019                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
6020                 }
6021             }
6022             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
6023             if (! m_winCapture)
6024             {
6025                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
6026                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
6027             }
6028
6029
6030         }
6031         else if ( event.LeftIsDown() &&
6032                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6033         {
6034             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6035             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6036             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6037
6038             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6039             PrepareDC( dc );
6040             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6041                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6042             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6043             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6044             {
6045                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
6046             }
6047             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
6048             m_dragLastPos = y;
6049         }
6050         else if ( event.LeftIsDown() &&
6051                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6052         {
6053             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6054             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6055             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6056
6057             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6058             PrepareDC( dc );
6059             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6060                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6061             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6062             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6063             {
6064                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6065             }
6066             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
6067             m_dragLastPos = x;
6068         }
6069
6070         return;
6071     }
6072
6073     m_isDragging = false;
6074     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
6075
6076     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
6077     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
6078     //     wxGTK
6079 #if 0
6080     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
6081     {
6082         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6083         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
6084     }
6085     else
6086 #endif // 0
6087
6088     // ------------ Left button pressed
6089     //
6090     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6091     {
6092         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
6093                        coords.GetRow(),
6094                        coords.GetCol(),
6095                        event ) )
6096         {
6097             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
6098                 ClearSelection();
6099             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
6100             {
6101                 if ( m_selection )
6102                 {
6103                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6104                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6105                                               coords.GetRow(),
6106                                               coords.GetCol(),
6107                                               event.ControlDown(),
6108                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6109                                               event.AltDown(),
6110                                               event.MetaDown() );
6111                 }
6112             }
6113             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
6114                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6115             {
6116                 DisableCellEditControl();
6117                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
6118
6119                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
6120                 {
6121                     if ( m_selection )
6122                     {
6123                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
6124                                                           coords.GetCol(),
6125                                                           event.ControlDown(),
6126                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
6127                                                           event.AltDown(),
6128                                                           event.MetaDown() );
6129                     }
6130                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6131                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6132                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6133                 }
6134                 else
6135                 {
6136                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
6137                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
6138                     if ( m_selection )
6139                     {
6140                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
6141                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
6142                         {
6143                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6144                         }
6145                     }
6146                 }
6147             }
6148         }
6149     }
6150
6151     // ------------ Left double click
6152     //
6153     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6154     {
6155         DisableCellEditControl();
6156
6157         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6158         {
6159             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
6160                              coords.GetRow(),
6161                              coords.GetCol(),
6162                              event ) )
6163             {
6164                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
6165                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
6166                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
6167             }
6168         }
6169     }
6170
6171     // ------------ Left button released
6172     //
6173     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
6174     {
6175         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6176         {
6177             if (m_winCapture)
6178             {
6179                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
6180                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6181                 m_winCapture = NULL;
6182             }
6183
6184             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
6185             {
6186                 ClearSelection();
6187                 EnableCellEditControl();
6188
6189                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6190                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
6191                 editor->StartingClick();
6192                 editor->DecRef();
6193                 attr->DecRef();
6194
6195                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
6196             }
6197             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6198                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6199             {
6200                 if ( m_selection )
6201                 {
6202                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6203                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6204                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6205                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6206                                               event.ControlDown(),
6207                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6208                                               event.AltDown(),
6209                                               event.MetaDown() );
6210                 }
6211
6212                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6213                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6214
6215                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
6216                 // drag-shrinking.
6217                 ShowCellEditControl();
6218             }
6219         }
6220         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6221         {
6222             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6223             DoEndDragResizeRow();
6224
6225             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6226             // default processing in this case
6227             //
6228             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
6229         }
6230         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6231         {
6232             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6233             DoEndDragResizeCol();
6234
6235             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6236             // default processing in this case
6237             //
6238             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
6239         }
6240
6241         m_dragLastPos = -1;
6242     }
6243
6244     // ------------ Right button down
6245     //
6246     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6247     {
6248         DisableCellEditControl();
6249         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
6250                          coords.GetRow(),
6251                          coords.GetCol(),
6252                          event ) )
6253         {
6254             // no default action at the moment
6255         }
6256     }
6257
6258     // ------------ Right double click
6259     //
6260     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6261     {
6262         DisableCellEditControl();
6263         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
6264                          coords.GetRow(),
6265                          coords.GetCol(),
6266                          event ) )
6267         {
6268             // no default action at the moment
6269         }
6270     }
6271
6272     // ------------ Moving and no button action
6273     //
6274     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
6275     {
6276         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
6277         {
6278             // out of grid cell area
6279             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6280             return;
6281         }
6282
6283         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
6284         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
6285
6286         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
6287         // directions is not implemented yet...
6288         //
6289         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
6290         {
6291             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6292             return;
6293         }
6294
6295         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
6296         {
6297             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
6298
6299             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6300             {
6301                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6302                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
6303             }
6304         }
6305         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
6306         {
6307             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
6308
6309             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6310             {
6311                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6312                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
6313             }
6314         }
6315         else // Neither on a row or col edge
6316         {
6317             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6318             {
6319                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6320             }
6321         }
6322     }
6323 }
6324
6325 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
6326 {
6327     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6328     {
6329         // erase the last line and resize the row
6330         //
6331         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6332         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6333         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6334
6335         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6336         PrepareDC( dc );
6337         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6338         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
6339         HideCellEditControl();
6340         SaveEditControlValue();
6341
6342         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
6343         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6344                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
6345
6346         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6347         {
6348             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
6349             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6350             rect.x = 0;
6351             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6352             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6353             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6354             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6355             rect.width = cw;
6356
6357             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6358             if (m_table)
6359             {
6360                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6361                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6362                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6363                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6364                 {
6365                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6366                     {
6367                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6368                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6369                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6370                     }
6371                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6372                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6373                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6374                 }
6375             }
6376             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6377         }
6378
6379         ShowCellEditControl();
6380     }
6381 }
6382
6383
6384 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6385 {
6386     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6387     {
6388         // erase the last line and resize the col
6389         //
6390         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6391         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6392         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6393
6394         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6395         PrepareDC( dc );
6396         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6397         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6398         HideCellEditControl();
6399         SaveEditControlValue();
6400
6401         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6402         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6403                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6404                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6405
6406         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6407         {
6408             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6409             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6410             rect.y = 0;
6411             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6412             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6413             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6414             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6415             rect.height = ch;
6416
6417             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6418             if (m_table)
6419             {
6420                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6421                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6422                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6423                 if (topRow >= 0)
6424                 {
6425                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6426                     {
6427                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6428                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6429                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6430                     }
6431
6432                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6433                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6434                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6435                 }
6436             }
6437
6438             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6439         }
6440
6441         ShowCellEditControl();
6442     }
6443 }
6444
6445 void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol()
6446 {
6447     //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag
6448     if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 )
6449     {
6450         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();   //Do this to "unpress" the column
6451         return;
6452     }
6453
6454     int newPos;
6455     if ( m_moveToCol == -1 )
6456         newPos = m_numCols - 1;
6457     else
6458     {
6459         newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol );
6460         if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) )
6461             newPos--;
6462     }
6463
6464     SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos );
6465 }
6466
6467 void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos )
6468 {
6469     if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
6470     {
6471         m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols );
6472
6473         int i;
6474         for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
6475         {
6476             m_colAt.Add( i );
6477         }
6478     }
6479
6480     int oldPos = GetColPos( colID );
6481
6482     //Reshuffle the m_colAt array
6483     if ( newPos > oldPos )
6484     {
6485         int i;
6486         for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ )
6487         {
6488             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1];
6489         }
6490     }
6491     else
6492     {
6493         int i;
6494         for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- )
6495         {
6496             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1];
6497         }
6498     }
6499
6500     m_colAt[newPos] = colID;
6501
6502     //Recalculate the column rights
6503     if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6504     {
6505         int colRight = 0;
6506         int colPos;
6507         for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6508         {
6509             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
6510
6511             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
6512             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
6513         }
6514     }
6515
6516     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6517     m_gridWin->Refresh();
6518 }
6519
6520
6521
6522 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
6523 {
6524     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
6525         return;
6526
6527     m_canDragColMove = enable;
6528
6529     if ( !m_canDragColMove )
6530     {
6531         m_colAt.Clear();
6532
6533         //Recalculate the column rights
6534         if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6535         {
6536             int colRight = 0;
6537             int colPos;
6538             for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6539             {
6540                 colRight += m_colWidths[colPos];
6541                 m_colRights[colPos] = colRight;
6542             }
6543         }
6544
6545         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6546         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6547     }
6548 }
6549
6550
6551 //
6552 // ------ interaction with data model
6553 //
6554 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6555 {
6556     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6557     {
6558         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6559             return GetModelValues();
6560
6561         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6562             return SetModelValues();
6563
6564         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6565         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6566         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6567         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6568         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6569         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6570             return Redimension( msg );
6571
6572         default:
6573             return false;
6574     }
6575 }
6576
6577 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6578 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6579 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6580 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6581 //
6582 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6583 {
6584     if ( m_table )
6585     {
6586         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6587             DisableCellEditControl();
6588
6589         m_table->Clear();
6590         if (!GetBatchCount())
6591             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6592     }
6593 }
6594
6595 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6596 {
6597     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6598
6599     if ( !m_created )
6600     {
6601         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6602         return false;
6603     }
6604
6605     if ( m_table )
6606     {
6607         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6608             DisableCellEditControl();
6609
6610         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6611         return done;
6612
6613         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6614         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6615     }
6616
6617     return false;
6618 }
6619
6620 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6621 {
6622     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6623
6624     if ( !m_created )
6625     {
6626         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6627         return false;
6628     }
6629
6630     if ( m_table )
6631     {
6632         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6633         return done;
6634
6635         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6636         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6637     }
6638
6639     return false;
6640 }
6641
6642 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6643 {
6644     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6645
6646     if ( !m_created )
6647     {
6648         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6649         return false;
6650     }
6651
6652     if ( m_table )
6653     {
6654         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6655             DisableCellEditControl();
6656
6657         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6658         return done;
6659         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6660         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6661     }
6662
6663     return false;
6664 }
6665
6666 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6667 {
6668     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6669
6670     if ( !m_created )
6671     {
6672         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6673         return false;
6674     }
6675
6676     if ( m_table )
6677     {
6678         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6679             DisableCellEditControl();
6680
6681         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6682         return done;
6683         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6684         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6685     }
6686
6687     return false;
6688 }
6689
6690 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6691 {
6692     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6693
6694     if ( !m_created )
6695     {
6696         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6697         return false;
6698     }
6699
6700     if ( m_table )
6701     {
6702         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6703         return done;
6704         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6705         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6706     }
6707
6708     return false;
6709 }
6710
6711 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6712 {
6713     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6714
6715     if ( !m_created )
6716     {
6717         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6718         return false;
6719     }
6720
6721     if ( m_table )
6722     {
6723         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6724             DisableCellEditControl();
6725
6726         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6727         return done;
6728         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6729         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6730     }
6731
6732     return false;
6733 }
6734
6735 //
6736 // ----- event handlers
6737 //
6738
6739 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6740 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6741 //
6742 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6743                         int row, int col,
6744                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6745 {
6746    bool claimed, vetoed;
6747
6748    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6749    {
6750        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6751
6752        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6753                type,
6754                this,
6755                rowOrCol,
6756                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6757                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6758                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6759                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6760                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6761                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6762
6763        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6764        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6765    }
6766    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6767    {
6768        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6769        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6770                type,
6771                this,
6772                m_selectingTopLeft,
6773                m_selectingBottomRight,
6774                true,
6775                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6776                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6777                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6778                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6779
6780        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6781        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6782    }
6783    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
6784              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
6785              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
6786              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
6787    {
6788        wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
6789
6790        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
6791            pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
6792        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
6793            pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
6794
6795        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6796                type,
6797                this,
6798                row, col,
6799                pos.x,
6800                pos.y,
6801                false,
6802                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6803                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6804                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6805                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6806        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6807        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6808    }
6809    else
6810    {
6811        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6812                type,
6813                this,
6814                row, col,
6815                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6816                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6817                false,
6818                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6819                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6820                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6821                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6822        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6823        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6824    }
6825
6826    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6827    if (vetoed)
6828        return -1;
6829
6830    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6831 }
6832
6833 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6834 // of ProcessEvent().
6835 //
6836 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6837                         int row, int col )
6838 {
6839    bool claimed, vetoed;
6840
6841     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6842     {
6843         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6844
6845         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6846
6847         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6848         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6849     }
6850     else
6851     {
6852         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6853
6854         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6855         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6856      }
6857
6858     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6859     if (vetoed)
6860         return -1;
6861
6862     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6863 }
6864
6865 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6866 {
6867     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6868     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6869 }
6870
6871 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6872 {
6873     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6874     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6875     if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() )
6876     {
6877         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6878         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6879
6880         if (rect)
6881         {
6882             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6883             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6884             int x, y;
6885
6886             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6887             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6888             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6889             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6890             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6891
6892             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6893             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6894                 width_label = rectWidth;
6895
6896             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6897             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6898                 height_label = rectHeight;
6899
6900             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6901             {
6902                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6903                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6904             }
6905             else
6906             {
6907                 x = 0;
6908                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6909             }
6910
6911             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6912             {
6913                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6914                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6915             }
6916             else
6917             {
6918                 y = 0;
6919                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6920             }
6921
6922             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6923             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6924             {
6925                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6926                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6927             }
6928
6929             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6930             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6931             {
6932                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6933                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6934             }
6935
6936             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6937             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6938             {
6939                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6940                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6941             }
6942
6943             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6944             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6945             {
6946                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6947                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6948             }
6949         }
6950         else
6951         {
6952             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6953             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6954             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6955             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6956         }
6957     }
6958 }
6959
6960 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
6961 {
6962     if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
6963     {
6964         // reposition our children windows
6965         CalcWindowSizes();
6966     }
6967 }
6968
6969 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6970 {
6971     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6972     {
6973         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6974         //
6975         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6976     }
6977
6978     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6979
6980     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6981     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6982     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6983     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6984
6985     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6986     {
6987         if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
6988         {
6989             if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
6990                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
6991             else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
6992                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
6993         }
6994
6995         // try local handlers
6996         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6997         {
6998             case WXK_UP:
6999                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7000                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7001                 else
7002                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
7003                 break;
7004
7005             case WXK_DOWN:
7006                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7007                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7008                 else
7009                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7010                 break;
7011
7012             case WXK_LEFT:
7013                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7014                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7015                 else
7016                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
7017                 break;
7018
7019             case WXK_RIGHT:
7020                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7021                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7022                 else
7023                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
7024                 break;
7025
7026             case WXK_RETURN:
7027             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
7028                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7029                 {
7030                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
7031                 }
7032                 else
7033                 {
7034                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
7035                     {
7036                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7037                     }
7038                     else
7039                     {
7040                         // at the bottom of a column
7041                         DisableCellEditControl();
7042                     }
7043                 }
7044                 break;
7045
7046             case WXK_ESCAPE:
7047                 ClearSelection();
7048                 break;
7049
7050             case WXK_TAB:
7051                 if (event.ShiftDown())
7052                 {
7053                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
7054                     {
7055                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
7056                     }
7057                     else
7058                     {
7059                         // at left of grid
7060                         DisableCellEditControl();
7061                     }
7062                 }
7063                 else
7064                 {
7065                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
7066                     {
7067                         MoveCursorRight( false );
7068                     }
7069                     else
7070                     {
7071                         // at right of grid
7072                         DisableCellEditControl();
7073                     }
7074                 }
7075                 break;
7076
7077             case WXK_HOME:
7078                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7079                 {
7080                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
7081                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
7082                 }
7083                 else
7084                 {
7085                     event.Skip();
7086                 }
7087                 break;
7088
7089             case WXK_END:
7090                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7091                 {
7092                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7093                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7094                 }
7095                 else
7096                 {
7097                     event.Skip();
7098                 }
7099                 break;
7100
7101             case WXK_PAGEUP:
7102                 MovePageUp();
7103                 break;
7104
7105             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
7106                 MovePageDown();
7107                 break;
7108
7109             case WXK_SPACE:
7110                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7111                 {
7112                     if ( m_selection )
7113                     {
7114                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
7115                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
7116                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
7117                             event.ControlDown(),
7118                             event.ShiftDown(),
7119                             event.AltDown(),
7120                             event.MetaDown() );
7121                     }
7122                     break;
7123                 }
7124
7125                 if ( !IsEditable() )
7126                     MoveCursorRight( false );
7127                 else
7128                     event.Skip();
7129                 break;
7130
7131             default:
7132                 event.Skip();
7133                 break;
7134         }
7135     }
7136
7137     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
7138 }
7139
7140 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
7141 {
7142     // try local handlers
7143     //
7144     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
7145     {
7146         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7147              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7148         {
7149             if ( m_selection )
7150             {
7151                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
7152                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
7153                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
7154                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
7155                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
7156                     event.ControlDown(),
7157                     true,
7158                     event.AltDown(),
7159                     event.MetaDown() );
7160             }
7161         }
7162
7163         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7164         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7165         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7166     }
7167 }
7168
7169 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
7170 {
7171     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
7172     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
7173     {
7174         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
7175         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7176         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7177         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7178         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7179
7180         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
7181         // other keys - ask the editor itself
7182         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
7183              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
7184         {
7185             // ensure cell is visble
7186             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
7187             EnableCellEditControl();
7188
7189             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
7190             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
7191             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
7192             // crash the app
7193             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7194                 editor->StartingKey(event);
7195         }
7196         else
7197         {
7198             event.Skip();
7199         }
7200
7201         editor->DecRef();
7202         attr->DecRef();
7203     }
7204     else
7205     {
7206         event.Skip();
7207     }
7208 }
7209
7210 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
7211 {
7212 }
7213
7214 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7215 {
7216     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
7217     {
7218         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
7219         return;
7220     }
7221
7222 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7223     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7224     PrepareDC( dc );
7225 #endif
7226
7227     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7228     {
7229         DisableCellEditControl();
7230
7231         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7232         {
7233             wxRect r;
7234             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
7235             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
7236             {
7237                 r.x--;
7238                 r.y--;
7239                 r.width++;
7240                 r.height++;
7241             }
7242
7243             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
7244
7245             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
7246             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7247
7248 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
7249             m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
7250 #else
7251             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
7252             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
7253 #endif
7254         }
7255     }
7256
7257     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7258
7259     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
7260 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7261     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
7262 #endif
7263     attr->DecRef();
7264 }
7265
7266 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
7267 {
7268     int temp;
7269     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
7270
7271     if ( m_selection )
7272     {
7273         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
7274         {
7275             leftCol = 0;
7276             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
7277         }
7278         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
7279         {
7280             topRow = 0;
7281             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
7282         }
7283     }
7284
7285     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
7286     {
7287         temp = topRow;
7288         topRow = bottomRow;
7289         bottomRow = temp;
7290     }
7291
7292     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
7293     {
7294         temp = leftCol;
7295         leftCol = rightCol;
7296         rightCol = temp;
7297     }
7298
7299     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
7300     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
7301
7302     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
7303     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
7304          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7305     {
7306         wxRect rect;
7307         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
7308                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
7309         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7310     }
7311
7312     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
7313     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
7314               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
7315     {
7316         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
7317         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
7318         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
7319         wxRect  rect[4];
7320         bool    need_refresh[4];
7321         need_refresh[0] =
7322         need_refresh[1] =
7323         need_refresh[2] =
7324         need_refresh[3] = false;
7325         int     i;
7326
7327         // Store intermediate values
7328         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
7329         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
7330         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
7331         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
7332
7333         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
7334         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
7335         {
7336             temp = oldLeft;
7337             oldLeft = leftCol;
7338             leftCol = temp;
7339         }
7340         if (oldTop > topRow )
7341         {
7342             temp = oldTop;
7343             oldTop = topRow;
7344             topRow = temp;
7345         }
7346         if (oldRight < rightCol )
7347         {
7348             temp = oldRight;
7349             oldRight = rightCol;
7350             rightCol = temp;
7351         }
7352         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
7353         {
7354             temp = oldBottom;
7355             oldBottom = bottomRow;
7356             bottomRow = temp;
7357         }
7358
7359         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
7360         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
7361         // is contained in the other.
7362
7363         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
7364         {
7365             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7366             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
7367             need_refresh[0] = true;
7368             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7369                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
7370                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
7371         }
7372
7373         if ( oldTop < topRow )
7374         {
7375             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7376             // area above the old or new selection.
7377             need_refresh[1] = true;
7378             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7379                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
7380                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
7381         }
7382
7383         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
7384         {
7385             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7386             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
7387             need_refresh[2] = true;
7388             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7389                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
7390                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
7391         }
7392
7393         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
7394         {
7395             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7396             // area below the old or new selection.
7397             need_refresh[3] = true;
7398             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7399                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
7400                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
7401         }
7402
7403         // various Refresh() calls
7404         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
7405             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
7406                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
7407     }
7408
7409     // change selection
7410     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
7411     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
7412 }
7413
7414 //
7415 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
7416 //
7417
7418 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
7419 {
7420     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7421     HideCellEditControl();
7422
7423     if ( m_table )
7424     {
7425         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
7426         //
7427         m_gridWin->Refresh();
7428         return true;
7429     }
7430
7431     return false;
7432 }
7433
7434 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
7435 {
7436     int row, col;
7437
7438     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7439     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
7440     // I think so ...
7441     DisableCellEditControl();
7442
7443     if ( m_table )
7444     {
7445         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
7446         {
7447             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
7448             {
7449                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
7450             }
7451         }
7452
7453         return true;
7454     }
7455
7456     return false;
7457 }
7458
7459 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
7460 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
7461 // CalcExposedCells)
7462 //
7463 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
7464 {
7465     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7466         return;
7467
7468     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
7469     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7470     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
7471
7472     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7473     {
7474         row = cells[i].GetRow();
7475         col = cells[i].GetCol();
7476         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7477
7478         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
7479         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7480         {
7481             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
7482             bool marked = false;
7483             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
7484             {
7485                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
7486                 {
7487                     marked = true;
7488                     break;
7489                 }
7490             }
7491
7492             if (!marked)
7493             {
7494                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7495                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7496                 {
7497                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7498                     {
7499                         marked = true;
7500                         break;
7501                     }
7502                 }
7503
7504                 if (!marked)
7505                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7506             }
7507
7508             // don't bother drawing this cell
7509             continue;
7510         }
7511
7512         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7513         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7514         {
7515             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7516             {
7517                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7518                 int left = col;
7519                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7520                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7521                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7522                     {
7523                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7524                     }
7525
7526                 if (left == col)
7527                     left = 0; // oh well
7528
7529                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7530                 {
7531                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7532                     {
7533                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7534                         {
7535                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7536                             bool marked = false;
7537
7538                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7539                             {
7540                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7541                                 {
7542                                     marked = true;
7543                                     break;
7544                                 }
7545                             }
7546
7547                             if (!marked)
7548                             {
7549                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7550                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7551                                 {
7552                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7553                                     {
7554                                         marked = true;
7555                                         break;
7556                                     }
7557                                 }
7558                                 if (!marked)
7559                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7560                             }
7561                         }
7562                         break;
7563                     }
7564                 }
7565             }
7566         }
7567
7568         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7569     }
7570
7571     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7572
7573     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7574     {
7575         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7576     }
7577 }
7578
7579 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7580 {
7581   int cw, ch;
7582   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7583
7584   int right, bottom;
7585   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7586
7587   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
7588   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7589
7590   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7591   {
7592       int left, top;
7593       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7594
7595       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
7596       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7597
7598       if ( right > rightCol )
7599       {
7600           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7601       }
7602
7603       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7604       {
7605           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7606       }
7607   }
7608 }
7609
7610 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7611 {
7612     int row = coords.GetRow();
7613     int col = coords.GetCol();
7614
7615     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7616         return;
7617
7618     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7619 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7620     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7621         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7622 #endif
7623
7624     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7625
7626     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7627
7628     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7629
7630     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7631     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7632     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7633     {
7634         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7635         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7636         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7637         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7638 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7639         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7640         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7641         editor->DecRef();
7642 #endif
7643     }
7644     else
7645     {
7646         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7647         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7648         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7649         renderer->DecRef();
7650     }
7651
7652     attr->DecRef();
7653 }
7654
7655 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7656 {
7657     // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus
7658     if ( !HasFocus() )
7659         return;
7660
7661     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7662     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7663
7664     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7665         return;
7666
7667     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7668
7669     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7670     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7671     // it doesn't look really good
7672
7673     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7674
7675     if (penWidth > 0)
7676     {
7677         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7678         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7679         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7680         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7681         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7682         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7683         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7684         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7685         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7686
7687         // Now draw the rectangle
7688         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7689         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7690         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID));
7691         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7692         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7693     }
7694
7695 #if 0
7696         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7697
7698         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7699         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7700                 y1 = rect.y,
7701                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7702                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7703
7704         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7705         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7706         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7707
7708         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7709         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7710
7711         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7712         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7713         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7714 #endif
7715 }
7716
7717 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
7718 {
7719     return wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID);
7720 }
7721
7722 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
7723 {
7724     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7725 }
7726
7727 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
7728 {
7729     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7730 }
7731
7732 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7733 {
7734     int row = coords.GetRow();
7735     int col = coords.GetCol();
7736     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7737         return;
7738
7739
7740     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7741
7742     // right hand border
7743     dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
7744     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7745                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7746
7747     // bottom border
7748     dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
7749     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7750                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7751 }
7752
7753 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7754 {
7755     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7756     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7757     //
7758     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7759          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7760     {
7761         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7762     }
7763
7764     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7765     {
7766         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7767         return;
7768     }
7769
7770     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7771     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7772     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7773     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7774     {
7775         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7776         {
7777             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7778             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7779             attr->DecRef();
7780
7781             break;
7782         }
7783     }
7784 }
7785
7786 // TODO: remove this ???
7787 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7788 // has been changed
7789 //
7790 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7791 {
7792 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7793     return;
7794 #endif
7795
7796     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7797          return;
7798
7799     int top, bottom, left, right;
7800
7801 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7802     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7803     {
7804       int cw, ch;
7805       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7806
7807       // virtual coords of visible area
7808       //
7809       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7810       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7811     }
7812     else
7813     {
7814       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7815       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7816       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7817       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7818     }
7819 #else
7820       int cw, ch;
7821       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7822       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7823       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7824 #endif
7825
7826     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7827     //
7828     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) );
7829     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7830
7831     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7832     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
7833     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7834     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
7835     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7836
7837     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7838
7839     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7840     wxRect rect;
7841
7842     for (j=topRow; j<=bottomRow; j++)
7843     {
7844         int colPos;
7845         for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<=rightCol; colPos++)
7846         {
7847             i = GetColAt( colPos );
7848
7849             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7850             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7851             {
7852                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7853                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7854                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7855             }
7856             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7857             {
7858                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7859                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7860                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7861             }
7862         }
7863     }
7864
7865     dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7866
7867
7868     // horizontal grid lines
7869     //
7870     // already declared above - int i;
7871     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7872     {
7873         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7874
7875         if ( bot > bottom )
7876         {
7877             break;
7878         }
7879
7880         if ( bot >= top )
7881         {
7882             dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
7883             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7884         }
7885     }
7886
7887     // vertical grid lines
7888     //
7889     int colPos;
7890     for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
7891     {
7892         i = GetColAt( colPos );
7893
7894         int colRight = GetColRight(i);
7895 #ifdef __WXGTK__
7896         if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
7897 #endif
7898             colRight--;
7899
7900         if ( colRight > right )
7901         {
7902             break;
7903         }
7904
7905         if ( colRight >= left )
7906         {
7907             dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
7908             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7909         }
7910     }
7911
7912     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7913 }
7914
7915 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
7916 {
7917     if ( !m_numRows )
7918         return;
7919
7920     size_t i;
7921     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7922
7923     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7924     {
7925         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7926     }
7927 }
7928
7929 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7930 {
7931     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7932         return;
7933
7934     wxRect rect;
7935
7936     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7937         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7938
7939     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
7940     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7941     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7942     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7943
7944     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7945     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7946     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7947
7948     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
7949     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7950     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7951
7952     int hAlign, vAlign;
7953     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7954
7955     rect.SetX( 2 );
7956     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7957     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7958     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7959     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7960 }
7961
7962 void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native )
7963 {
7964     m_nativeColumnLabels = native;
7965     if (native)
7966     {
7967         int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this );
7968         SetColLabelSize( height );
7969     }
7970
7971     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
7972 }
7973
7974 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7975 {
7976     if ( !m_numCols )
7977         return;
7978
7979     size_t i;
7980     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7981
7982     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7983     {
7984         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7985     }
7986 }
7987
7988 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7989 {
7990     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7991         return;
7992
7993     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
7994
7995     wxRect rect;
7996
7997     if (m_nativeColumnLabels)
7998     {
7999         rect.SetX( colLeft);
8000         rect.SetY( 0 );
8001         rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col));
8002         rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight );
8003
8004         wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
8005         wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->GetWindow(), dc, rect, 0 );
8006     }
8007     else
8008     {
8009         int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
8010
8011         dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
8012         dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8013         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
8014         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
8015                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8016
8017         dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
8018         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8019         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
8020     }
8021
8022     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
8023     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
8024     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
8025
8026     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
8027     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
8028     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
8029
8030     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
8031     rect.SetY( 2 );
8032     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
8033     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
8034     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
8035 }
8036
8037 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
8038                                 const wxString& value,
8039                                 const wxRect& rect,
8040                                 int horizAlign,
8041                                 int vertAlign,
8042                                 int textOrientation )
8043 {
8044     wxArrayString lines;
8045
8046     StringToLines( value, lines );
8047
8048     // Forward to new API.
8049     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
8050         lines,
8051         rect,
8052         horizAlign,
8053         vertAlign,
8054         textOrientation );
8055 }
8056
8057 // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to
8058 //     add textOrientation support
8059 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
8060                                const wxArrayString& lines,
8061                                const wxRect& rect,
8062                                int horizAlign,
8063                                int vertAlign,
8064                                int textOrientation)
8065 {
8066     if ( lines.empty() )
8067         return;
8068
8069     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
8070
8071     long textWidth,
8072          textHeight;
8073
8074     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8075         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
8076     else
8077         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
8078
8079     int x = 0,
8080         y = 0;
8081     switch ( vertAlign )
8082     {
8083         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
8084             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8085                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
8086             else
8087                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
8088             break;
8089
8090         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8091             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8092                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
8093             else
8094                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
8095             break;
8096
8097         case wxALIGN_TOP:
8098         default:
8099             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8100                 y = rect.y + 1;
8101             else
8102                 x = rect.x + 1;
8103             break;
8104     }
8105
8106     // Align each line of a multi-line label
8107     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
8108     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
8109     {
8110         const wxString& line = lines[l];
8111
8112         if ( line.empty() )
8113         {
8114             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
8115             continue;
8116         }
8117
8118         wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
8119              lineHeight = 0;
8120         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
8121
8122         switch ( horizAlign )
8123         {
8124             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
8125                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8126                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
8127                 else
8128                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
8129                 break;
8130
8131             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8132                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8133                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
8134                 else
8135                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
8136                 break;
8137
8138             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
8139             default:
8140                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8141                     x = rect.x + 1;
8142                 else
8143                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
8144                 break;
8145         }
8146
8147         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8148         {
8149             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
8150             y += lineHeight;
8151         }
8152         else
8153         {
8154             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
8155             x += lineHeight;
8156         }
8157     }
8158 }
8159
8160 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
8161 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
8162 //
8163 // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here
8164 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
8165 {
8166     int startPos = 0;
8167     int pos;
8168     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
8169     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
8170
8171     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8172     {
8173         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
8174         if ( pos < 0 )
8175         {
8176             break;
8177         }
8178         else if ( pos == 0 )
8179         {
8180             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
8181         }
8182         else
8183         {
8184             lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) );
8185         }
8186
8187         startPos += pos + 1;
8188     }
8189
8190     if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8191     {
8192         lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) );
8193     }
8194 }
8195
8196 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
8197                              const wxArrayString& lines,
8198                              long *width, long *height ) const
8199 {
8200     wxCoord w = 0;
8201     wxCoord h = 0;
8202     wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
8203
8204     size_t i;
8205     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
8206     {
8207         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
8208         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
8209         h += lineH;
8210     }
8211
8212     *width = w;
8213     *height = h;
8214 }
8215
8216 //
8217 // ------ Batch processing.
8218 //
8219 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
8220 {
8221     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
8222     {
8223         m_batchCount--;
8224         if ( !m_batchCount )
8225         {
8226             CalcDimensions();
8227             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8228             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8229             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8230             m_gridWin->Refresh();
8231         }
8232     }
8233 }
8234
8235 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
8236 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
8237 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
8238 //
8239 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
8240 {
8241     BeginBatch();
8242     EndBatch();
8243 }
8244
8245 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
8246 {
8247     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
8248         return false;
8249
8250     // redraw in the new state
8251     m_gridWin->Refresh();
8252
8253     return true;
8254 }
8255
8256 //
8257 // ------ Edit control functions
8258 //
8259
8260 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
8261 {
8262     // TODO: improve this ?
8263     //
8264     if ( edit != m_editable )
8265     {
8266         if (!edit)
8267             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
8268         m_editable = edit;
8269     }
8270 }
8271
8272 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
8273 {
8274     if (! m_editable)
8275         return;
8276
8277     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8278     {
8279         if ( enable )
8280         {
8281             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
8282                 return;
8283
8284             // this should be checked by the caller!
8285             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
8286
8287             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
8288             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8289
8290             ShowCellEditControl();
8291         }
8292         else
8293         {
8294             //FIXME:add veto support
8295             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
8296
8297             HideCellEditControl();
8298             SaveEditControlValue();
8299
8300             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
8301             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8302         }
8303     }
8304 }
8305
8306 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
8307 {
8308     // const_cast
8309     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8310     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
8311     attr->DecRef();
8312
8313     return readonly;
8314 }
8315
8316 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
8317 {
8318     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
8319         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
8320 }
8321
8322 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
8323 {
8324     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
8325     // current one if it's read only
8326     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
8327 }
8328
8329 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
8330 {
8331     bool isShown = false;
8332
8333     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8334     {
8335         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8336         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8337         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8338         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
8339         attr->DecRef();
8340
8341         if ( editor )
8342         {
8343             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
8344             {
8345                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
8346             }
8347
8348             editor->DecRef();
8349         }
8350     }
8351
8352     return isShown;
8353 }
8354
8355 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
8356 {
8357     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8358     {
8359         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
8360         {
8361             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
8362             return;
8363         }
8364         else
8365         {
8366             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
8367             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8368             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8369
8370             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
8371             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8372             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8373             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
8374             {
8375                 row += cell_rows;
8376                 col += cell_cols;
8377                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
8378                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
8379             }
8380
8381             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
8382             // might not cover the entire cell
8383             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8384             PrepareDC( dc );
8385             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8386             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
8387             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
8388             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
8389
8390             // convert to scrolled coords
8391             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8392
8393             int nXMove = 0;
8394             if (rect.x < 0)
8395                 nXMove = rect.x;
8396
8397             // cell is shifted by one pixel
8398             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
8399             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
8400             // "don't change."
8401             if (rect.x > 0)
8402                 rect.x--;
8403             if (rect.y > 0)
8404                 rect.y--;
8405
8406             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8407             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
8408             {
8409                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
8410                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
8411
8412                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
8413                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
8414                                              this,
8415                                              row,
8416                                              col,
8417                                              editor->GetControl());
8418                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
8419             }
8420
8421             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
8422             int maxWidth = rect.width;
8423             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
8424             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
8425             {
8426                 int y;
8427                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
8428                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
8429                     maxWidth = rect.width;
8430             }
8431
8432             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8433             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
8434                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
8435
8436             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
8437             {
8438                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8439                 // may have changed earlier
8440                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
8441                 {
8442                     int c_rows, c_cols;
8443                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
8444
8445                     // looks weird going over a multicell
8446                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
8447                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
8448                     {
8449                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
8450                     }
8451                     else
8452                         break;
8453                 }
8454
8455                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
8456                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
8457             }
8458
8459             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
8460             editor->SetSize( rect );
8461             if (nXMove != 0)
8462                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
8463                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
8464                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
8465             editor->Show( true, attr );
8466
8467             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
8468             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
8469             CalcDimensions();
8470
8471             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
8472             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
8473
8474             editor->DecRef();
8475             attr->DecRef();
8476         }
8477     }
8478 }
8479
8480 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
8481 {
8482     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8483     {
8484         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8485         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8486
8487         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8488         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8489         editor->Show( false );
8490         editor->DecRef();
8491         attr->DecRef();
8492
8493         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8494
8495         // refresh whole row to the right
8496         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8497         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8498         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8499
8500 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8501         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8502         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8503 #endif
8504
8505         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8506     }
8507 }
8508
8509 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8510 {
8511     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8512     {
8513         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8514         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8515
8516         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8517
8518         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8519         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8520         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8521
8522         editor->DecRef();
8523         attr->DecRef();
8524
8525         if (changed)
8526         {
8527             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8528                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8529                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8530             {
8531                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8532                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8533             }
8534         }
8535     }
8536 }
8537
8538 //
8539 // ------ Grid location functions
8540 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8541 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8542 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8543 //
8544
8545 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const
8546 {
8547     int row = YToRow(y);
8548     int col = XToCol(x);
8549
8550     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8551     {
8552         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8553     }
8554     else
8555     {
8556         coords.Set( row, col );
8557     }
8558 }
8559
8560 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8561 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8562 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8563 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8564
8565 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8566                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8567                            bool clipToMinMax)
8568 {
8569     if (coord < 0)
8570         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8571
8572     if (!defaultDist)
8573         defaultDist = 1;
8574
8575     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8576            i_min = 0;
8577
8578     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8579     {
8580         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8581             return i_max;
8582         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8583     }
8584
8585     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8586     {
8587         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8588     }
8589     else
8590     {
8591         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8592         {
8593             i_min = i_max;
8594             if (minDist)
8595                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8596             else
8597                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8598         }
8599
8600         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8601             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8602     }
8603
8604     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8605         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8606     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8607         return 0;
8608
8609     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8610     {
8611         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8612                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8613         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8614             return i_max;
8615         else
8616             i_max--;
8617         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8618         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8619             i_max = median;
8620         else
8621             i_min = median;
8622     }
8623
8624     return i_max;
8625 }
8626
8627 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) const
8628 {
8629     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8630                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8631 }
8632
8633 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax ) const
8634 {
8635     if (x < 0)
8636         return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1;
8637
8638     wxASSERT_MSG(m_defaultColWidth > 0, wxT("Default column width can not be zero"));
8639
8640     int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth;
8641     int minPos = 0;
8642
8643     if (m_colRights.IsEmpty())
8644     {
8645         if(maxPos < m_numCols)
8646             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8647         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1;
8648     }
8649
8650     if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8651         maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8652     else
8653     {
8654         if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8655         {
8656             minPos = maxPos;
8657             if (m_minAcceptableColWidth)
8658                 maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8659             else
8660                 maxPos =  m_numCols - 1;
8661         }
8662         if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8663             maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8664     }
8665
8666     //X is beyond the last column
8667     if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8668         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1;
8669
8670     //X is before the first column
8671     if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] )
8672         return GetColAt( 0 );
8673
8674     //Perform a binary search
8675     while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 )
8676     {
8677         wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )],
8678                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol"));
8679
8680         if (x >=  m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )])
8681             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8682         else
8683             maxPos--;
8684         int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
8685         if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )])
8686             maxPos = median;
8687         else
8688             minPos = median;
8689     }
8690     return GetColAt( maxPos );
8691 }
8692
8693 // return the row number that that the y coord is near
8694 //  the edge of, or -1 if not near an edge.
8695 // coords can only possibly be near an edge if
8696 //    (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area
8697 //        that is _not_ nead the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller
8698 //        than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be
8699 //        near the edge).
8700 //   and
8701 //    (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is
8702 //        relevant at all) is enabled.
8703 //
8704 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) const
8705 {
8706     int i;
8707     i = internalYToRow(y);
8708
8709     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragRowSize() )
8710     {
8711         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8712         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8713         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8714             return i;
8715         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8716             return i - 1;
8717     }
8718
8719     return -1;
8720 }
8721
8722 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8723 // -1 if not near an edge
8724 // See comment at YToEdgeOfRow for conditions on edge detection.
8725 //
8726 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) const
8727 {
8728     int i;
8729     i = internalXToCol(x);
8730
8731     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragColSize() )
8732     {
8733         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8734         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8735         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8736             return i;
8737         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8738             return i - 1;
8739     }
8740
8741     return -1;
8742 }
8743
8744 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
8745 {
8746     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8747
8748     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8749          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8750     {
8751         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8752         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8753         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8754         // if negative then find multicell owner
8755         if (cell_rows < 0)
8756             row += cell_rows;
8757         if (cell_cols < 0)
8758              col += cell_cols;
8759         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8760
8761         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8762         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8763         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8764             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8765         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8766             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8767     }
8768
8769     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8770     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8771     {
8772         rect.width -= 1;
8773         rect.height -= 1;
8774     }
8775
8776     return rect;
8777 }
8778
8779 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
8780 {
8781     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8782     //
8783     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8784
8785     // convert to device coords
8786     //
8787     int left, top, right, bottom;
8788     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8789     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8790
8791     // check against the client area of the grid window
8792     int cw, ch;
8793     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8794
8795     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8796     {
8797         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8798         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8799                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8800     }
8801     else
8802     {
8803         // is the cell partly visible ?
8804         //
8805         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8806                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8807     }
8808 }
8809
8810 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8811 // of scrolling
8812 //
8813 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8814 {
8815     int i;
8816     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8817
8818     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8819          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8820     {
8821         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8822         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8823
8824         // convert to device coords
8825         int left, top, right, bottom;
8826         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8827         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8828
8829         int cw, ch;
8830         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8831
8832         if ( top < 0 )
8833         {
8834             ypos = r.GetTop();
8835         }
8836         else if ( bottom > ch )
8837         {
8838             int h = r.GetHeight();
8839             ypos = r.GetTop();
8840             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
8841             {
8842                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8843                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8844                     break;
8845
8846                 h += rowHeight;
8847                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8848             }
8849
8850             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8851             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
8852             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8853             //
8854             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
8855             // so just add a full scroll unit...
8856             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8857         }
8858
8859         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8860         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8861         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8862 //      if ( left < 0 )
8863         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8864         {
8865             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8866         }
8867         else if ( right > cw )
8868         {
8869             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8870             int x0, y0;
8871             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8872             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8873
8874             // see comment for ypos above
8875             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8876         }
8877
8878         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8879         {
8880             if ( xpos != -1 )
8881                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8882             if ( ypos != -1 )
8883                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8884             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8885             AdjustScrollbars();
8886         }
8887     }
8888 }
8889
8890 //
8891 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8892 //
8893
8894 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8895 {
8896     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8897          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8898     {
8899         if ( expandSelection )
8900         {
8901             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8902                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8903             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8904             {
8905                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8906                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8907                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8908                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8909             }
8910         }
8911         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8912         {
8913             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8914             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8915             ClearSelection();
8916             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8917             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8918         }
8919         else
8920             return false;
8921
8922         return true;
8923     }
8924
8925     return false;
8926 }
8927
8928 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8929 {
8930     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8931          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8932     {
8933         if ( expandSelection )
8934         {
8935             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8936                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8937             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8938             {
8939                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8940                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8941                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8942                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8943             }
8944         }
8945         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8946         {
8947             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8948             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8949             ClearSelection();
8950             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8951             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8952         }
8953         else
8954             return false;
8955
8956         return true;
8957     }
8958
8959     return false;
8960 }
8961
8962 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8963 {
8964     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8965          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8966     {
8967         if ( expandSelection )
8968         {
8969             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8970                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8971             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8972             {
8973                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8974                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8975                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8976                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8977             }
8978         }
8979         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 )
8980         {
8981             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8982             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 );
8983             ClearSelection();
8984
8985             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8986             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8987         }
8988         else
8989             return false;
8990
8991         return true;
8992     }
8993
8994     return false;
8995 }
8996
8997 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
8998 {
8999     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9000          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
9001     {
9002         if ( expandSelection )
9003         {
9004             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9005                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
9006             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9007             {
9008                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
9009                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
9010                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
9011                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9012             }
9013         }
9014         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 )
9015         {
9016             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9017             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 );
9018             ClearSelection();
9019
9020             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9021             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9022         }
9023         else
9024             return false;
9025
9026         return true;
9027     }
9028
9029     return false;
9030 }
9031
9032 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
9033 {
9034     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9035         return false;
9036
9037     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9038     if ( row > 0 )
9039     {
9040         int cw, ch;
9041         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9042
9043         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9044         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
9045
9046         if ( newRow == row )
9047         {
9048             // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here.
9049             newRow = row - 1;
9050         }
9051
9052         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9053         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9054
9055         return true;
9056     }
9057
9058     return false;
9059 }
9060
9061 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
9062 {
9063     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9064         return false;
9065
9066     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9067     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
9068     {
9069         int cw, ch;
9070         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9071
9072         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9073         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
9074         if ( newRow == row )
9075         {
9076             // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here.
9077             newRow = row + 1;
9078         }
9079
9080         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9081         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9082
9083         return true;
9084     }
9085
9086     return false;
9087 }
9088
9089 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
9090 {
9091     if ( m_table &&
9092          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9093          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
9094     {
9095         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9096         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9097
9098         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9099         {
9100             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9101             // non-empty cells
9102             //
9103             while ( row > 0 )
9104             {
9105                 row--;
9106                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9107                     break;
9108             }
9109         }
9110         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
9111         {
9112             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
9113             //
9114             row--;
9115             while ( row > 0 )
9116             {
9117                 row--;
9118                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9119                     break;
9120             }
9121         }
9122         else
9123         {
9124             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
9125             //
9126             while ( row > 0 )
9127             {
9128                 row--;
9129                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9130                 {
9131                     row++;
9132                     break;
9133                 }
9134             }
9135         }
9136
9137         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9138         if ( expandSelection )
9139         {
9140             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9141             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9142         }
9143         else
9144         {
9145             ClearSelection();
9146             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9147         }
9148
9149         return true;
9150     }
9151
9152     return false;
9153 }
9154
9155 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
9156 {
9157     if ( m_table &&
9158          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9159          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
9160     {
9161         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9162         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9163
9164         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9165         {
9166             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9167             // non-empty cells
9168             //
9169             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9170             {
9171                 row++;
9172                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9173                     break;
9174             }
9175         }
9176         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
9177         {
9178             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
9179             //
9180             row++;
9181             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9182             {
9183                 row++;
9184                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9185                     break;
9186             }
9187         }
9188         else
9189         {
9190             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
9191             //
9192             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9193             {
9194                 row++;
9195                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9196                 {
9197                     row--;
9198                     break;
9199                 }
9200             }
9201         }
9202
9203         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9204         if ( expandSelection )
9205         {
9206             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9207             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9208         }
9209         else
9210         {
9211             ClearSelection();
9212             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9213         }
9214
9215         return true;
9216     }
9217
9218     return false;
9219 }
9220
9221 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
9222 {
9223     if ( m_table &&
9224          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9225          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
9226     {
9227         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9228         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9229
9230         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9231         {
9232             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9233             // non-empty cells
9234             //
9235             while ( col > 0 )
9236             {
9237                 col--;
9238                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9239                     break;
9240             }
9241         }
9242         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
9243         {
9244             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
9245             //
9246             col--;
9247             while ( col > 0 )
9248             {
9249                 col--;
9250                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9251                     break;
9252             }
9253         }
9254         else
9255         {
9256             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
9257             //
9258             while ( col > 0 )
9259             {
9260                 col--;
9261                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9262                 {
9263                     col++;
9264                     break;
9265                 }
9266             }
9267         }
9268
9269         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9270         if ( expandSelection )
9271         {
9272             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9273             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9274         }
9275         else
9276         {
9277             ClearSelection();
9278             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9279         }
9280
9281         return true;
9282     }
9283
9284     return false;
9285 }
9286
9287 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
9288 {
9289     if ( m_table &&
9290          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9291          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9292     {
9293         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9294         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9295
9296         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9297         {
9298             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9299             // non-empty cells
9300             //
9301             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9302             {
9303                 col++;
9304                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9305                     break;
9306             }
9307         }
9308         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
9309         {
9310             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
9311             //
9312             col++;
9313             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9314             {
9315                 col++;
9316                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9317                     break;
9318             }
9319         }
9320         else
9321         {
9322             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
9323             //
9324             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9325             {
9326                 col++;
9327                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9328                 {
9329                     col--;
9330                     break;
9331                 }
9332             }
9333         }
9334
9335         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9336         if ( expandSelection )
9337         {
9338             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9339             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9340         }
9341         else
9342         {
9343             ClearSelection();
9344             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9345         }
9346
9347         return true;
9348     }
9349
9350     return false;
9351 }
9352
9353 //
9354 // ------ Label values and formatting
9355 //
9356
9357 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9358 {
9359     if ( horiz )
9360         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
9361     if ( vert )
9362         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
9363 }
9364
9365 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9366 {
9367     if ( horiz )
9368         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
9369     if ( vert )
9370         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
9371 }
9372
9373 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
9374 {
9375     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
9376 }
9377
9378 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
9379 {
9380     if ( m_table )
9381     {
9382         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
9383     }
9384     else
9385     {
9386         wxString s;
9387         s << row;
9388         return s;
9389     }
9390 }
9391
9392 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
9393 {
9394     if ( m_table )
9395     {
9396         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
9397     }
9398     else
9399     {
9400         wxString s;
9401         s << col;
9402         return s;
9403     }
9404 }
9405
9406 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
9407 {
9408     wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9409
9410     if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9411     {
9412         width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
9413     }
9414
9415     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
9416     {
9417         if ( width == 0 )
9418         {
9419             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
9420             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9421         }
9422         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
9423         {
9424             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
9425             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
9426                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9427         }
9428
9429         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
9430         CalcWindowSizes();
9431         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9432     }
9433 }
9434
9435 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
9436 {
9437     wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9438
9439     if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9440     {
9441         height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
9442     }
9443
9444     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
9445     {
9446         if ( height == 0 )
9447         {
9448             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
9449             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9450         }
9451         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
9452         {
9453             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
9454             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
9455                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9456         }
9457
9458         m_colLabelHeight = height;
9459         CalcWindowSizes();
9460         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9461     }
9462 }
9463
9464 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
9465 {
9466     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
9467     {
9468         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
9469         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9470         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9471         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9472
9473         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9474         {
9475             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9476             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9477             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
9478         }
9479     }
9480 }
9481
9482 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
9483 {
9484     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
9485     {
9486         m_labelTextColour = colour;
9487         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9488         {
9489             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9490             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9491         }
9492     }
9493 }
9494
9495 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
9496 {
9497     m_labelFont = font;
9498     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9499     {
9500         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9501         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9502     }
9503 }
9504
9505 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9506 {
9507     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9508     switch ( horiz )
9509     {
9510         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9511         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9512         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9513     }
9514
9515     switch ( vert )
9516     {
9517         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9518         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9519         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9520     }
9521
9522     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9523     {
9524         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9525     }
9526
9527     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9528     {
9529         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
9530     }
9531
9532     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9533     {
9534         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9535     }
9536 }
9537
9538 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9539 {
9540     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9541     switch ( horiz )
9542     {
9543         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9544         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9545         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9546     }
9547
9548     switch ( vert )
9549     {
9550         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9551         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9552         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9553     }
9554
9555     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9556     {
9557         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9558     }
9559
9560     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9561     {
9562         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
9563     }
9564
9565     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9566     {
9567         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9568     }
9569 }
9570
9571 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9572 //       does not support vertical printing
9573 //
9574 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9575 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9576 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9577 //
9578 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9579 {
9580     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9581         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9582
9583     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9584         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9585 }
9586
9587 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9588 {
9589     if ( m_table )
9590     {
9591         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9592         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9593         {
9594             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9595             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9596             {
9597                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9598                 rect.x = 0;
9599                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9600                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9601             }
9602         }
9603     }
9604 }
9605
9606 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9607 {
9608     if ( m_table )
9609     {
9610         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9611         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9612         {
9613             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9614             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9615             {
9616                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9617                 rect.y = 0;
9618                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9619                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9620             }
9621         }
9622     }
9623 }
9624
9625 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9626 {
9627     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9628     {
9629         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9630
9631         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9632         PrepareDC( dc );
9633         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9634     }
9635 }
9636
9637 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9638 {
9639     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9640     {
9641         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9642
9643         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9644         PrepareDC( dc );
9645         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9646         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9647         attr->DecRef();
9648     }
9649 }
9650
9651 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9652 {
9653     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9654     {
9655         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9656
9657         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9658         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9659         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9660         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9661         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9662             return;
9663
9664         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9665         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9666     }
9667 }
9668
9669 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9670 {
9671     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9672     {
9673         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9674
9675         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9676         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9677         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9678         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9679         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ||
9680                 GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9681             return;
9682
9683         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9684         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9685     }
9686 }
9687
9688 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9689 {
9690     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9691     {
9692         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9693
9694         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9695         {
9696             if ( enable )
9697             {
9698                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9699                 PrepareDC( dc );
9700                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9701             }
9702             else
9703             {
9704                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9705             }
9706         }
9707     }
9708 }
9709
9710 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
9711 {
9712     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9713 }
9714
9715 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
9716 {
9717     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9718
9719     return GetRowHeight(row);
9720 }
9721
9722 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
9723 {
9724     return m_defaultColWidth;
9725 }
9726
9727 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
9728 {
9729     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9730
9731     return GetColWidth(col);
9732 }
9733
9734 // ============================================================================
9735 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9736 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9737 // ============================================================================
9738
9739 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9740 // setting default attributes
9741 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9742
9743 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9744 {
9745     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9746 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9747     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9748 #endif
9749 }
9750
9751 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9752 {
9753     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9754 }
9755
9756 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9757 {
9758     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9759 }
9760
9761 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9762 {
9763     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9764 }
9765
9766 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9767 {
9768     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9769 }
9770
9771 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9772 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9773 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9774 // work correctly.
9775
9776 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9777 {
9778     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9779                      renderer,
9780                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9781 }
9782
9783 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9784 {
9785     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9786                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9787                      editor);
9788 }
9789
9790 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9791 // access to the default attributes
9792 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9793
9794 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
9795 {
9796     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9797 }
9798
9799 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
9800 {
9801     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9802 }
9803
9804 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
9805 {
9806     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9807 }
9808
9809 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9810 {
9811     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9812 }
9813
9814 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
9815 {
9816     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9817 }
9818
9819 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9820 {
9821     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9822 }
9823
9824 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9825 {
9826     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9827 }
9828
9829 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9830 // access to cell attributes
9831 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9832
9833 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
9834 {
9835     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9836     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9837     attr->DecRef();
9838
9839     return colour;
9840 }
9841
9842 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
9843 {
9844     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9845     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9846     attr->DecRef();
9847
9848     return colour;
9849 }
9850
9851 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
9852 {
9853     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9854     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9855     attr->DecRef();
9856
9857     return font;
9858 }
9859
9860 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9861 {
9862     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9863     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9864     attr->DecRef();
9865 }
9866
9867 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
9868 {
9869     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9870     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9871     attr->DecRef();
9872
9873     return allow;
9874 }
9875
9876 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
9877 {
9878     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9879     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9880     attr->DecRef();
9881 }
9882
9883 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
9884 {
9885     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9886     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9887     attr->DecRef();
9888
9889     return renderer;
9890 }
9891
9892 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
9893 {
9894     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9895     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9896     attr->DecRef();
9897
9898     return editor;
9899 }
9900
9901 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9902 {
9903     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9904     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9905     attr->DecRef();
9906
9907     return isReadOnly;
9908 }
9909
9910 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9911 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9912 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9913
9914 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
9915 {
9916     if ( !m_table )
9917     {
9918         return false;
9919     }
9920
9921     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9922 }
9923
9924 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9925 {
9926     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9927     {
9928         wxGridCellAttr *oldAttr = m_attrCache.attr;
9929         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9930         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9931         // wxSafeDecRec(...) might cause event processing that accesses
9932         // the cached attribute, if one exists (e.g. by deleting the
9933         // editor stored within the attribute). Therefore it is important
9934         // to invalidate the cache  before calling wxSafeDecRef!
9935         wxSafeDecRef(oldAttr);
9936     }
9937 }
9938
9939 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9940 {
9941     if ( attr != NULL )
9942     {
9943         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9944
9945         self->ClearAttrCache();
9946         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9947         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9948         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9949         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9950     }
9951 }
9952
9953 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9954 {
9955     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9956     {
9957         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9958         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9959
9960 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9961         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9962 #endif
9963
9964         return true;
9965     }
9966     else
9967     {
9968 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9969         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9970 #endif
9971
9972         return false;
9973     }
9974 }
9975
9976 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9977 {
9978     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9979     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9980     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9981     if ( row >= 0 )
9982     {
9983         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9984         {
9985             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9986                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9987             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9988         }
9989     }
9990
9991     if (attr)
9992     {
9993         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9994     }
9995     else
9996     {
9997         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9998         attr->IncRef();
9999     }
10000
10001     return attr;
10002 }
10003
10004 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
10005 {
10006     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
10007     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
10008
10009     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
10010     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
10011
10012     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
10013     if ( !attr )
10014     {
10015         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
10016
10017         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
10018         attr->IncRef();
10019         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10020     }
10021
10022     return attr;
10023 }
10024
10025 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10026 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
10027 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10028
10029 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
10030 {
10031     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
10032 }
10033
10034 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
10035 {
10036     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
10037 }
10038
10039 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
10040 {
10041     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
10042     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
10043     {
10044         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
10045     }
10046
10047     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
10048 }
10049
10050 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
10051 {
10052     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
10053     if (!attr)
10054         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
10055     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10056     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10057     wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10058     attr->SetEditor(editor);
10059
10060     SetColAttr(col, attr);
10061
10062 }
10063
10064 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10065 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
10066 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10067
10068 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10069 {
10070     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10071     {
10072         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10073         ClearAttrCache();
10074     }
10075     else
10076     {
10077         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10078     }
10079 }
10080
10081 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10082 {
10083     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10084     {
10085         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
10086         ClearAttrCache();
10087     }
10088     else
10089     {
10090         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10091     }
10092 }
10093
10094 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10095 {
10096     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10097     {
10098         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
10099         ClearAttrCache();
10100     }
10101     else
10102     {
10103         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10104     }
10105 }
10106
10107 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10108 {
10109     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10110     {
10111         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10112         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
10113         attr->DecRef();
10114     }
10115 }
10116
10117 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10118 {
10119     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10120     {
10121         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10122         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
10123         attr->DecRef();
10124     }
10125 }
10126
10127 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
10128 {
10129     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10130     {
10131         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10132         attr->SetFont(font);
10133         attr->DecRef();
10134     }
10135 }
10136
10137 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
10138 {
10139     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10140     {
10141         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10142         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
10143         attr->DecRef();
10144     }
10145 }
10146
10147 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
10148 {
10149     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10150     {
10151         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10152         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
10153         attr->DecRef();
10154     }
10155 }
10156
10157 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
10158 {
10159     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10160     {
10161         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
10162
10163         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10164         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
10165         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
10166         attr->DecRef();
10167
10168         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
10169         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
10170         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
10171         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
10172         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
10173                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
10174         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
10175                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
10176
10177         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
10178         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
10179         {
10180             int i, j;
10181             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
10182             {
10183                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
10184                 {
10185                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10186                     {
10187                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10188                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
10189                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10190                     }
10191                 }
10192             }
10193         }
10194
10195         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
10196         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
10197         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
10198         {
10199             int i, j;
10200             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
10201             {
10202                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
10203                 {
10204                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10205                     {
10206                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10207                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
10208                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10209                     }
10210                 }
10211             }
10212         }
10213     }
10214 }
10215
10216 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
10217 {
10218     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10219     {
10220         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10221         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10222         attr->DecRef();
10223     }
10224 }
10225
10226 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10227 {
10228     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10229     {
10230         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10231         attr->SetEditor(editor);
10232         attr->DecRef();
10233     }
10234 }
10235
10236 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
10237 {
10238     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10239     {
10240         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10241         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
10242         attr->DecRef();
10243     }
10244 }
10245
10246 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10247 // Data type registration
10248 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10249
10250 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
10251                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
10252                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10253 {
10254     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
10255 }
10256
10257
10258 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
10259 {
10260     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10261     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10262 }
10263
10264 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
10265 {
10266     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10267     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10268 }
10269
10270 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10271 {
10272     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10273     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10274     {
10275         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10276
10277         return NULL;
10278     }
10279
10280     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
10281 }
10282
10283 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10284 {
10285     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10286     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10287     {
10288         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10289
10290         return NULL;
10291     }
10292
10293     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
10294 }
10295
10296 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10297 // row/col size
10298 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10299
10300 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
10301 {
10302     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
10303 }
10304
10305 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
10306 {
10307     m_canDragColSize = enable;
10308 }
10309
10310 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
10311 {
10312     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
10313 }
10314
10315 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
10316 {
10317     m_canDragCell = enable;
10318 }
10319
10320 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
10321 {
10322     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
10323
10324     if ( resizeExistingRows )
10325     {
10326         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
10327         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
10328         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10329         // some speed optimisations)
10330         m_rowHeights.Empty();
10331         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
10332         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10333             CalcDimensions();
10334     }
10335 }
10336
10337 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
10338 {
10339     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
10340
10341     // if < 0 then calculate new height from label
10342     if ( height < 0 )
10343     {
10344         long w, h;
10345         wxArrayString lines;
10346         wxClientDC dc(m_rowLabelWin);
10347         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10348         StringToLines(GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines);
10349         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10350         //check that it is not less than the minimal height
10351         height = wxMax(h, GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight());
10352     }
10353
10354     // See comment in SetColSize
10355     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10356         return;
10357
10358     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
10359     {
10360         // need to really create the array
10361         InitRowHeights();
10362     }
10363
10364     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
10365     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
10366
10367     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
10368     for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
10369     {
10370         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
10371     }
10372
10373     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10374         CalcDimensions();
10375 }
10376
10377 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
10378 {
10379     // we dont allow zero default column width
10380     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
10381
10382     if ( resizeExistingCols )
10383     {
10384         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
10385         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
10386         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10387         // some speed optimisations)
10388         m_colWidths.Empty();
10389         m_colRights.Empty();
10390         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10391             CalcDimensions();
10392     }
10393 }
10394
10395 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
10396 {
10397     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
10398
10399     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
10400     if ( width < 0 )
10401     {
10402         long w, h;
10403         wxArrayString lines;
10404         wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
10405         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10406         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
10407         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10408             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10409         else
10410             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10411         width = w + 6;
10412         //check that it is not less than the minimal width
10413         width = wxMax(width, GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth());
10414     }
10415
10416     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
10417     //                                                                 (VZ)
10418     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
10419     // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker
10420     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
10421     //
10422     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
10423
10424     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
10425         return;
10426
10427     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
10428     {
10429         // need to really create the array
10430         InitColWidths();
10431     }
10432
10433     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
10434     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
10435     m_colWidths[col] = w;
10436
10437     for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
10438     {
10439         m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
10440     }
10441
10442     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10443         CalcDimensions();
10444 }
10445
10446 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
10447 {
10448     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
10449     {
10450         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10451         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
10452     }
10453 }
10454
10455 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
10456 {
10457     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10458     {
10459         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10460         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
10461     }
10462 }
10463
10464 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
10465 {
10466     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10467     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
10468
10469     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10470 }
10471
10472 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
10473 {
10474     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10475     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
10476
10477     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10478 }
10479
10480 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
10481 {
10482     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
10483     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
10484     if ( width >= 0 )
10485         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
10486 }
10487
10488 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
10489 {
10490     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
10491     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
10492     if ( height >= 0 )
10493         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
10494 }
10495
10496 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
10497 {
10498     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10499 }
10500
10501 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
10502 {
10503     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10504 }
10505
10506 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10507 // auto sizing
10508 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10509
10510 void
10511 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
10512 {
10513     const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
10514
10515     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
10516
10517     // cancel editing of cell
10518     HideCellEditControl();
10519     SaveEditControlValue();
10520
10521     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
10522     int row = -1,
10523         col = -1;
10524     if ( column )
10525         col = colOrRow;
10526     else
10527         row = colOrRow;
10528
10529     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
10530     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10531     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
10532     {
10533         if ( column )
10534             row = rowOrCol;
10535         else
10536             col = rowOrCol;
10537
10538         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
10539         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
10540         if ( renderer )
10541         {
10542             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
10543             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
10544             if ( extent > extentMax )
10545                 extentMax = extent;
10546
10547             renderer->DecRef();
10548         }
10549
10550         attr->DecRef();
10551     }
10552
10553     // now also compare with the column label extent
10554     wxCoord w, h;
10555     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
10556
10557     if ( column )
10558     {
10559         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
10560         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
10561             w = h;
10562     }
10563     else
10564         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
10565
10566     extent = column ? w : h;
10567     if ( extent > extentMax )
10568         extentMax = extent;
10569
10570     if ( !extentMax )
10571     {
10572         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10573         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10574         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
10575     }
10576     else
10577     {
10578         if ( column )
10579             // leave some space around text
10580             extentMax += 10;
10581         else
10582             extentMax += 6;
10583     }
10584
10585     if ( column )
10586     {
10587         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the
10588         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10589         // in SetColSize().
10590         if ( !setAsMin )
10591             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col));
10592
10593         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10594         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10595         {
10596             int cw, ch, dummy;
10597             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10598             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10599             rect.y = 0;
10600             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10601             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10602             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10603             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10604         }
10605     }
10606     else
10607     {
10608         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the
10609         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10610         // in SetRowSize().
10611         if ( !setAsMin )
10612             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row));
10613
10614         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10615         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10616         {
10617             int cw, ch, dummy;
10618             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10619             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10620             rect.x = 0;
10621             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10622             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10623             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10624             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10625         }
10626     }
10627
10628     if ( setAsMin )
10629     {
10630         if ( column )
10631             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10632         else
10633             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10634     }
10635 }
10636
10637 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
10638 {
10639     // calculate size for the rows or columns?
10640     const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
10641
10642     wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
10643                            : GetGridColLabelWindow());
10644     dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10645
10646     // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
10647     //
10648     // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
10649     // we also have to take into account the text orientation
10650     const bool
10651         useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
10652
10653     wxArrayString lines;
10654     wxCoord extentMax = 0;
10655
10656     const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10657     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
10658     {
10659         lines.Clear();
10660
10661         wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
10662                                   : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
10663         StringToLines(label, lines);
10664
10665         long w, h;
10666         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10667
10668         const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
10669         if ( extent > extentMax )
10670             extentMax = extent;
10671     }
10672
10673     if ( !extentMax )
10674     {
10675         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10676         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10677         extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
10678                              : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
10679     }
10680
10681     // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
10682     if ( calcRows )
10683         extentMax += 10;
10684     else
10685         extentMax += 6;
10686
10687     return extentMax;
10688 }
10689
10690 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10691 {
10692     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10693
10694     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10695     if(!calcOnly)
10696         locker.Create(this);
10697
10698     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10699     {
10700         if ( !calcOnly )
10701             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10702
10703         width += GetColWidth(col);
10704     }
10705
10706     return width;
10707 }
10708
10709 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10710 {
10711     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10712
10713     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10714     if(!calcOnly)
10715         locker.Create(this);
10716
10717     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10718     {
10719         if ( !calcOnly )
10720             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10721
10722         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10723     }
10724
10725     return height;
10726 }
10727
10728 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10729 {
10730     wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
10731
10732     // we need to round up the size of the scrollable area to a multiple of
10733     // scroll step to ensure that we don't get the scrollbars when we're sized
10734     // exactly to fit our contents
10735     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10736                 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10737     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10738                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10739
10740     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
10741     // extra white space
10742     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x;
10743     if ( diff && m_numCols )
10744     {
10745         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10746         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
10747         if ( diffPerCol )
10748         {
10749             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10750             {
10751                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
10752             }
10753         }
10754
10755         // add remaining amount to the last columns
10756         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
10757         if ( diff )
10758         {
10759             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
10760             {
10761                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
10762             }
10763         }
10764     }
10765
10766     // same for rows
10767     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y;
10768     if ( diff && m_numRows )
10769     {
10770         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10771         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
10772         if ( diffPerRow )
10773         {
10774             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10775             {
10776                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
10777             }
10778         }
10779
10780         // add remaining amount to the last rows
10781         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
10782         if ( diff )
10783         {
10784             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
10785             {
10786                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
10787             }
10788         }
10789     }
10790
10791     // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
10792     // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
10793     // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
10794     SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
10795     SetClientSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight);
10796 }
10797
10798 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10799 {
10800     // Hide the edit control, so it
10801     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10802     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10803     {
10804         HideCellEditControl();
10805         SaveEditControlValue();
10806     }
10807
10808     // autosize row height depending on label text
10809     SetRowSize(row, -1);
10810     ForceRefresh();
10811 }
10812
10813 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10814 {
10815     // Hide the edit control, so it
10816     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10817     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10818     {
10819         HideCellEditControl();
10820         SaveEditControlValue();
10821     }
10822
10823     // autosize column width depending on label text
10824     SetColSize(col, -1);
10825     ForceRefresh();
10826 }
10827
10828 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10829 {
10830     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10831
10832     // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
10833     // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
10834     wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10835                 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10836     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10837                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10838
10839     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10840     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10841     // calculation.
10842     // CacheBestSize(size);
10843
10844     return wxSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight)
10845             + GetWindowBorderSize();
10846 }
10847
10848 void wxGrid::Fit()
10849 {
10850     AutoSize();
10851 }
10852
10853 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10854 {
10855     return wxNullPen;
10856 }
10857
10858 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10859 // cell value accessor functions
10860 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10861
10862 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10863 {
10864     if ( m_table )
10865     {
10866         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10867         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10868         {
10869             int dummy;
10870             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10871             rect.x = 0;
10872             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10873             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10874             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10875         }
10876
10877         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10878              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10879              IsCellEditControlShown())
10880              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10881              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10882              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10883         {
10884             HideCellEditControl();
10885             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10886         }
10887     }
10888 }
10889
10890 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10891 // block, row and column selection
10892 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10893
10894 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10895 {
10896     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10897         ClearSelection();
10898
10899     if ( m_selection )
10900         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10901 }
10902
10903 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10904 {
10905     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10906         ClearSelection();
10907
10908     if ( m_selection )
10909         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10910 }
10911
10912 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10913                           bool addToSelected )
10914 {
10915     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10916         ClearSelection();
10917
10918     if ( m_selection )
10919         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10920                                   false, addToSelected );
10921 }
10922
10923 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10924 {
10925     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10926     {
10927         if ( m_selection )
10928             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10929     }
10930 }
10931
10932 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10933 // cell, row and col deselection
10934 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10935
10936 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10937 {
10938     if ( !m_selection )
10939         return;
10940
10941     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10942     {
10943         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10944             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10945     }
10946     else
10947     {
10948         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10949         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10950         {
10951             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10952                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10953         }
10954     }
10955 }
10956
10957 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10958 {
10959     if ( !m_selection )
10960         return;
10961
10962     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10963     {
10964         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10965             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10966     }
10967     else
10968     {
10969         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10970         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10971         {
10972             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10973                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10974         }
10975     }
10976 }
10977
10978 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10979 {
10980     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10981         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10982 }
10983
10984 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
10985 {
10986     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10987              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10988                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10989 }
10990
10991 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10992 {
10993     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10994              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10995                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10996                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10997                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10998 }
10999
11000 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
11001 {
11002     if (!m_selection)
11003     {
11004         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
11005         return a;
11006     }
11007
11008     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
11009 }
11010
11011 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
11012 {
11013     if (!m_selection)
11014     {
11015         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
11016         return a;
11017     }
11018
11019     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
11020 }
11021
11022 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
11023 {
11024     if (!m_selection)
11025     {
11026         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
11027         return a;
11028     }
11029
11030     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
11031 }
11032
11033 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
11034 {
11035     if (!m_selection)
11036     {
11037         wxArrayInt a;
11038         return a;
11039     }
11040
11041     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
11042 }
11043
11044 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
11045 {
11046     if (!m_selection)
11047     {
11048         wxArrayInt a;
11049         return a;
11050     }
11051
11052     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
11053 }
11054
11055 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
11056 {
11057     wxRect r1 = BlockToDeviceRect( m_selectingTopLeft, m_selectingBottomRight);
11058     wxRect r2 = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
11059     m_selectingTopLeft =
11060     m_selectingBottomRight =
11061     m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
11062     Refresh( false, &r1 );
11063     Refresh( false, &r2 );
11064     if ( m_selection )
11065         m_selection->ClearSelection();
11066 }
11067
11068 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
11069 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
11070 //
11071 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11072                                   const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const
11073 {
11074     wxRect resultRect;
11075     wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft);
11076     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11077     {
11078         resultRect = tempCellRect;
11079     }
11080     else
11081     {
11082         resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
11083     }
11084
11085     tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight);
11086     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11087     {
11088         resultRect += tempCellRect;
11089     }
11090     else
11091     {
11092         // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do.
11093         return wxGridNoCellRect;
11094     }
11095
11096     // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order.
11097     int left = resultRect.GetLeft();
11098     int top = resultRect.GetTop();
11099     int right = resultRect.GetRight();
11100     int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom();
11101
11102     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
11103     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
11104     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
11105     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
11106
11107     if (left > right)
11108     {
11109         int tmp = left;
11110         left = right;
11111         right = tmp;
11112
11113         tmp = leftCol;
11114         leftCol = rightCol;
11115         rightCol = tmp;
11116     }
11117
11118     if (top > bottom)
11119     {
11120         int tmp = top;
11121         top = bottom;
11122         bottom = tmp;
11123
11124         tmp = topRow;
11125         topRow = bottomRow;
11126         bottomRow = tmp;
11127     }
11128
11129     // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells.
11130     int cw, ch;
11131     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
11132
11133     // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the
11134     // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right.
11135     int gridOriginX = 0;
11136     int gridOriginY = 0;
11137     CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY);
11138
11139     int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX);
11140     int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY);
11141
11142     int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw);
11143     int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch);
11144
11145     // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block
11146     // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values
11147     // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the
11148     // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately.
11149     const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow);
11150     const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow);
11151     const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol);
11152     const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol);
11153
11154     for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ )
11155     {
11156         for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ )
11157         {
11158             if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) ||
11159                     (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) )
11160             {
11161                 tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
11162
11163                 if (tempCellRect.x < left)
11164                     left = tempCellRect.x;
11165                 if (tempCellRect.y < top)
11166                     top = tempCellRect.y;
11167                 if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right)
11168                     right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width;
11169                 if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom)
11170                     bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height;
11171             }
11172             else
11173             {
11174                 i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells.
11175             }
11176         }
11177     }
11178
11179     // Convert to scrolled coords
11180     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
11181     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
11182
11183     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
11184         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
11185
11186     resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
11187     resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
11188     resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
11189     resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
11190
11191     return resultRect;
11192 }
11193
11194 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11195 // drop target
11196 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11197
11198 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11199
11200 // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid
11201 void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget)
11202 {
11203     GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget);
11204 }
11205
11206 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11207
11208 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11209 // grid event classes
11210 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11211
11212 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11213
11214 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11215                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
11216                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11217         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11218 {
11219     m_row = row;
11220     m_col = col;
11221     m_x = x;
11222     m_y = y;
11223     m_selecting = sel;
11224     m_control = control;
11225     m_shift = shift;
11226     m_alt = alt;
11227     m_meta = meta;
11228
11229     SetEventObject(obj);
11230 }
11231
11232
11233 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11234
11235 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11236                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
11237                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11238         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11239 {
11240     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
11241     m_x = x;
11242     m_y = y;
11243     m_control = control;
11244     m_shift = shift;
11245     m_alt = alt;
11246     m_meta = meta;
11247
11248     SetEventObject(obj);
11249 }
11250
11251
11252 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11253
11254 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11255                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11256                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
11257                                                bool sel, bool control,
11258                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11259         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11260 {
11261     m_topLeft = topLeft;
11262     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
11263     m_selecting = sel;
11264     m_control = control;
11265     m_shift = shift;
11266     m_alt = alt;
11267     m_meta = meta;
11268
11269     SetEventObject(obj);
11270 }
11271
11272
11273 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
11274
11275 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
11276                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
11277                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
11278     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
11279 {
11280     SetEventObject(obj);
11281     m_row = row;
11282     m_col = col;
11283     m_ctrl = ctrl;
11284 }
11285
11286 #endif // wxUSE_GRID